<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:geo="http://www.w3.org/2003/01/geo/wgs84_pos#" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>NMIT Working Papers</title>
	<atom:link href="http://nmit.wordpress.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com</link>
	<description>Working Papers on New Media &#38; Information Technology in the Middle East</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2012 13:04:48 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.com/</generator>
<cloud domain='nmit.wordpress.com' port='80' path='/?rsscloud=notify' registerProcedure='' protocol='http-post' />
<image>
		<url>http://s2.wp.com/i/buttonw-com.png</url>
		<title>NMIT Working Papers</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com</link>
	</image>
	<atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="http://nmit.wordpress.com/osd.xml" title="NMIT Working Papers" />
	<atom:link rel='hub' href='http://nmit.wordpress.com/?pushpress=hub'/>
		<item>
		<title>Blogging, Networked Publics and the Politics of Communication: Another Free-Speech Panacea for the Middle East?</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2009/01/31/197/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2009/01/31/197/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 31 Jan 2009 23:22:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[blogging]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Egypt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iran]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[media consumption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Middle East]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[networked publics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Saudi Arabia]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=197</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Jon W. Anderson Revised, keynote address  for a conference on “New Horizons: Obama and the Global Media.” Department of Anthropology, Near Eastern Studies, School of Journalism University of Arizona. Tucson, AZ – 23 January 2009 On December 10, the White House announced that President Bush would “commemorate the 60th anniversary of the UN’s Universal Declaration [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=197&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><!--[if gte mso 9]&gt;  Normal 0       MicrosoftInternetExplorer4  &lt;![endif]--><!--[if !mso]&gt;--></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jon W. Anderson</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Revised, keynote address  for a conference on “New Horizons: Obama and the Global Media.” Department of Anthropology, Near Eastern Studies, School of Journalism<br />
University of Arizona. Tucson, AZ – 23 January 2009</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="font-weight:normal;">On December 10, the White House announced that President Bush would “commemorate the 60th anniversary of the UN’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights by meeting with </span></strong>activists who use Internet blogs and new-media technologies to promote freedom in countries with restricted media environments.” Two were from Iran and Egypt. Before celebration of blogging as free speech and ‘citizen journalism’ disappoints, like the Web in the 1990s or television in the 1950s, I want to consider how we might place a sounder social anthropology under media-minded constructions. How might such activities be grounded in what research shows about networked communication generally and specifically with globalizing media?  As interest in global media turns to blogging, my concerns here are two.<span id="more-197"></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">One is that this analysis not fall into another Middle Eastern exceptionalism, such as has marred studies of media in the region and the Internet particularly with litanies of low numbers, restricted access, elite-only participation and not much of that – the usual registers of despair that follow hopes not realized. Never mind that they are not realized anywhere. My other concern is to ground comparison and thus, for an anthropologist, analysis in what research elsewhere and more generally shows about networked communication, global media and my subject, which is the Internet going global, or at least getting into the Middle East and the larger Muslim world.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Blogging, which is less than a decade old and little more than half that as a public phenomenon, has been hailed as a new opportunity for public communication, political activism, and a democratic public sphere from its very first appearances in the region – notably Egypt, Iran, but also Syria, Saudi Arabia, famously Iraq – <span style="text-decoration:underline;">just like Web portals, the Internet, and back to television in the 1950s</span>. I have to plead guilty to new-ism, since Dale Eickelman and I framed new media in the Muslim world a decade ago in terms of new interpreters, new interpretations, new media and a new public sphere.<a name="_ednref1" href="#_edn1"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[1]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> This was less a theory than a formulary for gathering and comparing developments. My interest as an anthropologist has focused more on the mechanics of these processes, and on opening up the middle ground between the overwhelming emphasis on agency-enhancement that’s dominated most work on these topics in our region,<a name="_ednref2" href="#_edn2"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[2]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> on the one hand, and, at the other extreme, expansive notions from “virtual community” to the “wisdom of crowds” as general conceptions of what networked communications unleash.<a name="_ednref3" href="#_edn3"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[3]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">We all work in the shadow of the sociologist Robert Merton who gave us the concept of middle range phenomena – and their key specification in reference groups, to which I will come back – which occupy just this space between the micro and the macro. And, recently, the web-guru David Weinberger pointed to such intermediate formations as what’s missing in media constructions of participatory or citizen journalism:<a name="_ednref4" href="#_edn4"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[4]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;">We’re not being atomized. We’re molecularizing, forming groups that create a local culture &#8230;[that] falls between the expertise of men in the editorial boardroom and the ‘wisdom of crowds’.  It&#8217;s the wisdom of groups&#8230;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Almost. “Group” is a loosely applied term in the post-modern world, having already lost the strong-form referent of community in the modern period for a looser range from association to category. This is important, because the accumulating weight of Internet research is showing, if nothing else, that the Internet is not a strong force for forming groups or communities. Groups may migrate to the Internet, and some thrive there; but few actually form through its modalities. Instead, the strong force on the Internet is information-seeking. It is much better for information-seeking than for solidarity-seeking, always has been, and, indeed, was so designed from the beginning by engineers who invented it for their own work. This is my first point.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">The social formations that thrive &#8211; that even exist &#8211; on the Internet and via the World Wide Web, which is the Internet to most people, are less communities than reference groups; and the reason is that the openness of networked communications is far less well-suited for the sort of communication that fosters community – what anthropologists know as ritual – than for the sort of communication that facilitates information-seeking, transfer, feedback. We know this from the success of Google, on the one hand, and from the notorious tendency of online discussion forums all the way back to listservs, on the other hand, to dissolve in acrimony and shouting. And, theoretically, we have known since Durkheim that organic solidarities work within a context of mechanical solidarities with their “solid frame that encloses all thought.”</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">While this sociology of networked communications has been coming better into view in the past few years,<a name="_ednref5" href="#_edn5"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[5]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> thinking about blogging and the development of social networking sites and wikis that are collectively known as Web 2.0 is still behind the curve of routine social science research. They share certain features, among them greater interactivity than preceding Web formats such as portals; but the most important is a developer model of continuous modification of programs and “free” distribution (in contrast to corporate models) borrowed from the Free and Open Software movements. While blogs, wikis and social networking sites have precursors back to the earliest days of the Internet, and their own prehistories in 1990s pioneers, they burst into public more or less simultaneously, between 2003 when Google bought blogger.com and MySpace came on-line, and 2004, when Facebook was launched for Harvard students from a dormroom and grew within the year to all college students and a headquarters in Palo Alto. What made the difference?</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">These did not grow from nothing. There were pioneers in the 1990s who devised the concepts and first software and precedents back to e-mail and file archives at the beginning of the Internet. And they did not grow for nothing, although each is “free” of charge and provides “user-generated content” in contrast to corporate models of software development. That contrast is conscious,<a name="_ednref6" href="#_edn6"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[6]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> and an ideological commitment of developers that resembles the Free and Open Software movements back through the 1990s to the early Internet, which was itself developed as open and pushed hard by early developers to be “free.” That is, free to use and develop, not free of commercial exploitation.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">In a meticulous study of the various streams of FOSS movements,<a name="_ednref7" href="#_edn7"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[7]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Christopher Kelty elucidates the practical interaction between advocating FOSS and designing/writing the software implementing it as part of advocating it. It forms not a gift economy but what he calls a “recursive public” –</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:.5in;">… a public that is vitally concerned with the material and practical maintenance and modification of the technical, legal, practical, and conceptual means of its own existence as a public … a collective independent of other forms of constituted power … capable of speaking to existing forms of power through the production of actually existing alternatives.<a name="_ednref8" href="#_edn8"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[8]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">His key point is that joining such a public is to work on its means, and to be recognized for that. While Kelty carefully restricts his analysis to FOSS programmers, he does project the model back onto early inventors/developers of the Internet. That Internet itself is a stack of programs that provide platforms for others; so as it extends to new applications and platforms, might one cautiously extend the notion and analysis to other “developers” such as the user-contributors that are highlighted by Web 2.0, and particularly bloggers?</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Modeling blogging as citizen journalism, as competing with journalism, challenging its knowledge production and amateurizing it,<a name="_ednref9" href="#_edn9"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[9]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> captures only a limited comparison to media. Blogging is not only user-generated content, like wikis, but also user-distributed, like social networking sites: it is distributed through links, especially through links to other blogs, as well as links to traditional media, from which blogs often draw information that bloggers “complete” by associating or reframing it with additional, other discourse. This is not universally the case, of course. Many blogs adhere to the earlier model of personal diaries; and most blogs get no attention. How they get attention is a matter of their social organization, which is my second point.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Blogging proceeds largely as commentary that is linked both to sources of information, which are often mainstream media, and to other commentary, which is usually in the form of other blogs. They fall in the intermediate or middle zone between individual and group expression. Some are and remain personal diaries, read by no one; others zoom to popularity. Collectively, they array in Paraeto distributions, not the Gaussian bell curve. A few get most of the attention, traffic, links; most get few or none, and the drop off is steep.<a name="_ednref10" href="#_edn10"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[10]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> If this is the normal outcome of an open market, then how does a blog get attention in a world of many-to-many communications? The answer is by making links, particularly with other blogs. In other words, what blogging resembles is social networking; and blogging took off when it added this facility.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Recall that solidarity-seeking is a weaker force on the Internet generally than information-seeking; so blogging turns social less as audience than as entourage: sharing is typically with friends, with people who already know each other, and migrate on-line. As notes in bottles, as it were, cast upon cyber-seas, blogging would follow Paraeto distributions, and most blogging does, with celebrity for a very few and obscurity for the very, very many.<a name="_ednref11" href="#_edn11"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[11]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> So bloggers turn to linking, as programmers who made posting and commenting easy also made linking easy through “blogrolls.” By this, blogs that overall tend to fall into Paraeto distributions, more “locally” tend to cluster – call them “network neighborhoods.”</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">These have sometimes been characterised as “echo chambers” for reproducing tendencies noted earlier in earlier formats for like-with-like over any-to-any communication. Sociologists call this “homophily:” actors gravitate to those they are like or want to be like, a basic feature of reference group behavior. So, these network neighborhoods of linked blogs form echo chambers of mutual affirmation, a level of solidarity that sociologists of networks call “strong ties.”<a name="_ednref12" href="#_edn12"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[12]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> These are the ties of kin and friends, with long-standing solidarities but with relatively low information (or high redundancy) as all members share pretty much the same information due to social locations that are pretty much the same. By comparison, “weak ties” are between acquaintances, such as friends of friends, who may share only a bit – literally, a single bit in mathematical terms – of information. The classic example is that your friends can’t help you find a job, because they have the same information; but distant acquaintances or friends of friends can, because they have other information, the bit that makes a difference. In these terms, blogs form networked publics of nodes that consolidate around strong ties (and high informational redundancy) and extend through weak ties (high differentiation) to others.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">This is the social organization of the intermediate space between the individual agency and the “wisdom of crowds;” and that is my third point. Its elementary forms are strong-tie nodes of solidarity-passing and weak-tie links of information-passing that begin to resemble Pierre Bourdieu’s “social fields,” or domains of practice and actors linked in them around a limited set of activities, interests, functions.<a name="_ednref13" href="#_edn13"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[13]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> By that, I mean that within nodes what happens is refinement of shared understandings – that is what all the commentary and argument is about – a process of definition or, in linguistic terms, “entextualization.”</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">The concept was developed by Joel Kuipers to describe communicative and social practices that unfold in domains such as medical diagnosis or divination,<a name="_ednref14" href="#_edn14"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[14]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> in which highly situated, individual discourse (the complaint) is progressively recast or “entextualized” (as diagnosis) into more general, more shared and often more abstract, ultimately ritual, terms that are low in content (information in mathematical terms) but high in signaling. At one end of the process, you have to know the context, at the other end, the code supplies significance. Kuipers refers to this passage as establishing “textual authority,”<a name="_ednref15" href="#_edn15"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[15]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> which seems precisely what blogging strains toward in its twin features of commentary (over reporting) and linking (over broadcasting). Entextualization confers what boyd and Ellison refer to as the properties of transparency and permanency in social networking sites that permit users to construct a profile, build a network, peruse connections;<a name="_ednref16" href="#_edn16"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[16]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> and this is my fourth point.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">While bloggers do not form communities (though they may bring them) on-line, they do form networks that pass interpretation into ever more shared space and terms as signals through weak ties to other nodes. Bourdieu’s concept of fields theorizes that exemplary actors in a field interact with peers outside their specialized (echo-chamber, homophilic) fields, much as our colleague, the Middle East historian Juan Cole, does with the Daily Kos, supplying “informed comment” on Middle East news to the progressive blogosphere, or certain celebrity bloggers – starting with Salam Pak and extending to Saudi Girl, Riverdance, Hoder, or Esra Abdel Fattah and others in Egypt down to Kareem Amir – have been taken up by Western observers of the Middle East from human rights activists to journalists and other commentators.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">What may appear problematic as samples of public opinion, or even as information providers, may appear less problematic as something more like Kelty’s recursive public. If, that is, we can move beyond thinking of their discourse as report to something more performative: in a sense, they are developing “software,” the discursive linking, they are using. They join a process of entextualisation that converts situated, individual experience into more abstract, portable terms that can circulate outside small worlds. Quite literally, in programmers’ terms, they “port” discourse to another platform. While this extends Kelty’s concept beyond its type-site in programmers, the comparison may be grounded and not just metaphorical. There are indications that at least some have connections, even roots, in web development. Hoder, Hossein Derakhshan, perhaps Iran’s most famous blogger and self-proclaimed father of the Iranian blogosphere, who was recently arrested in Iran, is described on his Guardian.com page as “blogger, journalist, activist,”<a name="_ednref17" href="#_edn17"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[17]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> but on his own website describes himself as “journalist and multimedia designer,” who started writing about the Internet and then expanded to writing about digital culture.<a name="_ednref18" href="#_edn18"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[18]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> There are hints in the stories of other bloggers of similar crossovers that I have seen in the careers of Internet developers throughout the region,<a name="_ednref19" href="#_edn19"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[19]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> who display marked social as well as occupational mobility (morphing identities) and in developing Internet applications engage also legal, regulatory, financial and conceptual means of that production. For example, the founder of the first pan-Arab Web portal was a medical school graduate who began writing for a computer magazine, subsequently sold his creation to a Saudi media mogul, then became a venture capitalist investing in Internet start-ups from Cairo.  I do not mean to suggest that bloggers are software developers in the Kelty’s very specific sense (of writing the underlying program) but to suggest that they are a kind of developer of a kind of software, an application, so that what looks like political commentary has a denser back-story.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Two additional reasons. First, these local blogospheres often are composed of groups of friends,<a name="_ednref20" href="#_edn20"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[20]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> who often write for each other, not for a general public.<a name="_ednref21" href="#_edn21"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[21]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Second, there are indications that bloggers in the region reach out to form networks, and consciously.<a name="_ednref22" href="#_edn22"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[22]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> The pattern that emerges starts with blogging for friends (and some go no further), then looking for more friends, supporters, located elsewhere but like-minded in some minimal sense of finding a discoverable connection.<a name="_ednref23" href="#_edn23"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[23]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> So, what are the politics of such recursive publics?</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Network-building through weak ties and entextualisation together leverage the information-seeking strong force of the Internet, and specifically in blogging. For political analyses, this has limited interest as consciousness-raising, but is discounted for not including (much) mobilization, the <span style="text-decoration:underline;">sine qua non</span> of political action for modernists.<a name="_ednref24" href="#_edn24"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[24]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> However, passing over the process, the steps in which any-to-any communication unfolds to focus on the gross fact of its advent misses the actual politics in networked communications just as comparisons to journalism miss the real sociology of blogging and of networked communications generally.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Here, let me turn from comparing bloggers to programmers, which might be strained, to another set of social actors, also often said to be pursuing democratic agendas, voluntaristically, from the grass roots and so expected to be empowered by information technology, in the transnational NGO sector.  Reflecting on information technology in this sector, and specifically on the seemingly halting emergence of a transnational civil society that many predict information technology would accelerate,<a name="_ednref25" href="#_edn25"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[25]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Jodi Dean, Geert Lovink and I hazarded a guess that the problematic character of any democratizing effect of information technology reflects its dependence on expertise and appeals to abstract values over the head of specific community values and disclaimers of representation. The participation it expands is voluntaristic and abjures representation and constituency formation: “I don’t represent anyone, just myself .” Networked communication, with its Paraeto distributions instead of the idealized many-to-many, with its clumping into network neighborhoods (of entextualized discourses) of strong ties that refine and weak ties that pass information, fosters not Habermas’s ideal public sphere of rational communication (‘speaking truth to power’) but a politics, including cultural politics, that trades on knowing how and showing up. It proceeds as assiduous management of reputations for that as qualification for participation over representation and constituency formation, and by constantly shaping and reshaping its own intellectual technology <span style="text-decoration:underline;">for and as that participation</span>.<a name="_ednref26" href="#_edn26"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[26]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> These are the means of production in networked communications, and blogging operationalizes these properties.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">So, my own view of blogging generally and in the Middle East specifically is that we need to look beyond the paradigms not only of journalistic <span style="text-decoration:underline;">amour propre</span> that register blogging as media but also of representation and constituency politics and framing the value of “information” for political action in terms of improved decision-making at the expense of attending to how information is formed and acquires authority both in general and specifically under conditions of networked communication. Information-seeking is made through extending weak ties and what they engage: know-how, stepping up, reputations for that and for shaping and reshaping the technology (in an extended sense that includes its regulatory and financial surround), which are essentially reference group phenomena. The elements for rethinking these properties, I suggest, are found in this middle range of reference group behavior and something like entextualisation that are the actual “flows” (of discourses, ideas, links) in networked communications. This universe includes a lot of personal blogging, as well as the seemingly political sort; it starts between friends, precisely where strong ties, along with informational redundancy or the echo-chamber effect, refine views then transmitted as signals through weak ties that come and go. Schematically, this could be imagined as a series of tensions, or empirically as types of data, that relate&#8230;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:center;">solidarity-seeking~ information-seeking<br />
strong ties ~ weak ties<br />
nodes ~ links<br />
info-redundant ~ info-discriminant<br />
ritual ~  signal<br />
affirmation ~ information</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">and place blogging in a denser sociology, both within the Middle East and comparatively.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:200%;">
<p class="MsoNormal">Let me conclude by returning to the theme of this talk. The Internet has been seen as a free-speech panacea, particularly for the Middle East, for supposed capacities to “route around” obstacles – from the state to religious authorities to state media, even the entrenched commentariat of Arab media. Routing around obstacles was originally a design concept of engineers who invented the Internet and then extended it  to additional skills in lobbying for funding and regulation that, as much social as material and operational, got the Internet out of the lab and first into the academic and then into the wider world.<a name="_ednref27" href="#_edn27"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[27]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> But the media-specific extension to &#8220;routing around&#8221; censorship oversimplifies the social life on and of the Internet. If anything, networked communication proceeds by linking, which is democratic but in limited way: open, but to expertise and to participation based on showing up, not on representational principles of constituency politics but typically cast as appeals to universal values and proceeding by constantly reshaping technology including intellectual technologies (know-how) of its practice. In this denser context, what appears to be agency-enhancement reduces performatively to assiduous work on the means of its own production, which starts with showing up and knowing how, depends on reputation management, and proceeds through skills in shaping these means of a kind of public. It is not a Habermasian public of rational communication, though it may be the public that Habermas was trying to describe.<a name="_ednref28" href="#_edn28"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[28]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> It is more like the pattern that Kelty discerns in free software development and cautiously projects back on development of the Internet itself, which has proceeded as a “stack” of applications that become platforms for others and is similarly given away. But it is a peculiar sort of gift that conveys its properties to the giver, more like becoming the other than just tossing one&#8217;s hat into the ring. Networked communication involves a regime less of anybody communicating with anybody than of aggregating strong ties and extension through weak ties that together fill in or organize the intermediate space between individual empowerment and the wisdom of crowds. And here, speech is not “free” that proceeds through entextualization by which local experience is converted into shared meaning in a participatory, if anything but democratic, manner.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="&amp;lid={contentTypeByline}{guardian."></a>References</p>
<div><!--[if !supportEndnotes]--></p>
<hr size="1" /><!--[endif]--></p>
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn1" href="#_ednref1"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[1]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> New Media in the Muslim World: The Emerging Public Sphere. (1999, second edition 2003). Chapter 1.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn2" href="#_ednref2"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[2]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> E.g., Jon Alterman. New Media, New Politics (1999) for the hopeful view, and “Counting nodes and counting noses: Understanding new media in the Middle East” The Middle East Journal 54 (2001): 355-61 , for the second thoughts.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn3" href="#_ednref3"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[3]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Howard Rheingold is responsible for both:  TheVirtual Community (1993), Smart Mobs (2003).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn4">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn4" href="#_ednref4"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[4]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Everything is Miscellaneous: The Power of the New Digital Disorder (2007).  Kindle ed., p. 2190</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn5">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn5" href="#_ednref5"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[5]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Notably by Barry Wellman and his associates in, for example,  Networks in the Global Village (1999), The Internet in Everyday Life (2002).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn6">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn6" href="#_ednref6"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[6]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> See: Sara Lacy. Once You’re Lucky, Twice You’re Good: The Rebirth of Silicon Valley and the Rise of Web 2.0 (2008).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn7">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn7" href="#_ednref7"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[7]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Two Bits: The Cultural Significance of Free Software (2008).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn8">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn8" href="#_ednref8"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[8]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Two Bits, p. 3.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn9">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn9" href="#_ednref9"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[9]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Hugh Hewitt. Blog: Understanding the Information Revolution that’s Changing Your World (2005); more recently in Clay Shirky’s Here Comes Everybody (2008).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn10">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn10" href="#_ednref10"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[10]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Clay Shirky, “Power laws, weblogs, and inequality,” in Reformatting Politics (2006), pp. 35-42.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn11">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn11" href="#_ednref11"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[11]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Geert Lovink, Zero Comments: Blogging and Critical Internet Culture (2007) takes this as a measure of washing significance from the message that makes blogging the vanity press of a nihilistic age.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn12">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn12" href="#_ednref12"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[12]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Mark Granovetter , “The strength of weak ties” American Journal of Sociology 78(1973): 1360-80; “The strength of weak ties: A network theory revisited” Sociological Theory 1(1984): 201-33.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn13">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn13" href="#_ednref13"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[13]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> The Field of Cultural Production (1993).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn14">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn14" href="#_ednref14"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[14]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> The Power in Performance: The Creation of Textual Authority in Weyewa Ritual Speech (1990).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn15">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn15" href="#_ednref15"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[15]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> This might be likened to classification, except that Kuipers describes it as a much more creative, shared, extended, social-linguistic process than a simple act of matching – in fact, a process with recoverable steps.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn16">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn16" href="#_ednref16"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[16]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Social network sites: definition, history and scholarship. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication (2007).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn17">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn17" href="#_ednref17"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[17]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> http://www.guardian.co.uk/profile/hosseinderakhshan</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn18">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn18" href="#_ednref18"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[18]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> www.hoder.com; on Hoder’s occupational biography, see also “A dissident’s diary: Can a blogger bring change to Iran”? by Craig Taylor. University  of Toronto Magazine (online: http://www.magazine.utoronto.ca/05autumn/blogger.asp)</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn19">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn19" href="#_ednref19"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[19]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Jon W. Anderson, “Producers and Middle East Internet technology: Getting beyond ‘impacts’” The Middle East Journal 54(2000): 419-31, on IT development as a network of regulation, finance, content-development as part of the technology.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn20">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn20" href="#_ednref20"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[20]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Lynch, Brotherhood of the blog (2007) guardian.co.uk, Monday 5 March 2007 (http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2007/mar/05/brotherhoodoftheblog/print); George Weyman, Speaking the unspeakable: Personal blogs in Egypt. Arab Media &amp; Society (October 2007); David Faris, Revolutions without revolutionaries. Arab Media &amp; Society (Fall 2008).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn21">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn21" href="#_ednref21"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[21]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> danah boyd, “Why youth (heart) social network sites: The role of networked publics in teenage social life” (2007).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn22">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn22" href="#_ednref22"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&amp;">[22]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> “<span style="font-size:10pt;">Second Generation Internet Users and Political Change,” <span class="metad">Ahmad Zaki Osman. Arab Reform Bulletin, May 2008. (http://www.carnegieendowment.org/arb/?fa=show&amp;article=20498<strong>); </strong>Lynch<strong>, </strong></span>Brotherhood of the Blog. </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
</div>
<div id="edn23">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn23" href="#_ednref23"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[23]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Helmi Noman, Content and usage of Arabic online forums and groups. HelmiOnline.com (http://www.helmionline.com/internet/2005/10/web_content.html).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn24">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn24" href="#_ednref24"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[24]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Marc Lynch, Voices of the New Arab Public (2007).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn25">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn25" href="#_ednref25"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[25]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> “The post-democratic governmentality of network societies.” in Reformatting Politics: Information Technology and Global Civil Society. edited by Jodi Dean, Jon W. Anderson &amp; Geert Lovink (2006).</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn26">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn26" href="#_ednref26"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[26]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Nortje Mares refers to this as ‘issue’ politics, in which actors come and go, to distinguish it from class or interest based constituency politics. “Net work is format work: Issue networks and the sites of civil society politics,” in Reformatting Politics (2006), pp. 3-18. Also, Ned Rossiter, “Organized networks and nonrepresentative democracy,” ibid., pp. 19-34.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn27">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn27" href="#_ednref27"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[27]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> A history of this middle phase of Internet development comparable to Janet Abbate’s on its initial phase (Inventing the Internet, 1999) has yet to be written; but Milton Mueller’s Ruling the Root (2002), and Jack Goldsmith &amp; Tim Wu’s Who Controls the Internet (2006) are a start on governance; see also Jeffrey Hart, “The building of the Internet: Implications for the future of broadband networks” Telecommunications Policy (Nov 1992), pp. 666-689.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
<div id="edn28">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn28" href="#_ednref28"><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="EndnoteCharacters"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&amp;">[28]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Jodi Dean, Publicity’s Secret (2002), argues that the origin of the public sphere that Habermas identified with salons and coffee-houses might better be found in secret societies, such as the Masons, where organizational skills were developed more broadly and in addition to   the discursive ones Habermas featured.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">
</div>
</div>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/197/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/197/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=197&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2009/01/31/197/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Globalization, Democracy, the Internet and Arabia</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/15/globalization-democracy-the-internet-and-arabia/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/15/globalization-democracy-the-internet-and-arabia/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2008 08:53:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Telecos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Egypt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IT Development]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jordan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Saudi Arabia]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Syria]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=161</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Jon W. Anderson (Catholic University of America; CCAS Research Associate) Revised from a talk given at Georgetown University’s Center for Contemporary Arab Studies, 15 April 2007. Democracy is the occasional necessity of deferring to the opinions of other people. -Winston Churchill In the 1990s, the notion of globalization as the macroscopic conception of contemporary change [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=161&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Jon W. Anderson</strong> (Catholic  University of America; CCAS Research Associate)<br />
Revised from a talk given at Georgetown  University’s Center for Contemporary Arab Studies, 15 April  2007.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:right;" align="right">Democracy is the occasional necessity of deferring to the opinions of other people.<br />
-Winston Churchill</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">In the 1990s, the notion of globalization as the macroscopic conception of contemporary change arrived with a primarily economic emphasis popularized through books like <em>The Twilight of Sovereignty</em> by Walter Wriston,<a name="_ednref1" href="#_edn1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[1]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> retired CEO of Citicorp, and a penumbra of celebrations from the management world. Through think tanks, it became the doctrine de jour for theorizing the end of the Cold War that updated belief in superiority of markets over planned economies to a more contemporary justification for expansion of open markets beyond bond-trading, where Wriston found it. Globalization seemed to predict what neoliberalism preached; so it is not surprising that searches for globalization moved into additional realms that liberalism had long privileged as drivers of socio-political change in addition to the political-economic.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">Among these ‘higher order’ domains are media; and by the mid-1990s much attention had come to focus on new media, particularly of the Internet,<span id="more-161"></span> which seemed to portend extension of globalization from political economy to cultural economy. As a site for such a shift, the Internet had some advantages over postmodernists’ extension of globalization to phenomena which were nothing if not ‘soft’, ephemeral, fashionable.  The advantages of the Internet were not only that it had a material representation, but that it was about information and freeing the flow of information, a promise that political thought had long associated with participation in politics and normatively made such participation central to politics in a modern idiom.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">Media are intimately associated with the rise of modernity from newspapers to broadcasting. The historian Benedict Anderson famously linked ‘print capitalism’, the first form of mechanical mass production, to recasting political community in national terms.<a name="_ednref2" href="#_edn2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[2]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> And metaphysically ever since Kant defined Enlightenment as coming out from the tutelage of another – not as self-fashioning but as self-education – the politics of popular sovereignty conceived its ideal actor in the form of the informed citizen. By the twentieth century, political thinkers invested much hope in the informing power of media, but also no little skepticism that modern media were more circus than agora. Yellow journalism soured many on the press, until liberals such as Walter Lippman recast the trade as a sort of educator-conscience for the modern bourgeoisie.<a name="_ednref3" href="#_edn3"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[3]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Broadcasting, too, passed through a cycle from initial enthusiasm to increasing reservation, beginning from the left as Adorno et al, blanched at what the right did with mass media. The peak of this line of thinking, notwithstanding some famous movies of the 1950s and 60s from The Man in the Grey Flannel Suit to Network, came in propaganda studies during World War II that sought to grasp how the ‘big lie’ worked so as to counter it.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">Conceptions of information are constantly being refreshed in the politics of the day. After the peak of propaganda studies, their gloss on information as emotional suasion (which migrated into marketing) was displaced by cybernetic notions of information that passed into a growing concern in political thinking by the 1960s with decision-making. The culminating text might be Karl Deutsch’s use of a cybernetic model to provide a fuller account political decision-making.<a name="_ednref4" href="#_edn4"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[4]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">Contemporary thinking about communication as passing information that makes a difference in decisions of all sorts including, notably, consumption, is the standard theory, from politics to marketing,<a name="_ednref5" href="#_edn5"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[5]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> and down to the contemporary notion that ‘content is king’ on the Internet; but it is not hegemonic. Another school of communication studies rose in Canada not from studying propaganda or from thinking about ‘rational’ communication but from studies of the fur trade by the historian and geographer, Harold Innes, whose most famous student was Marshall McLuhan, whose most famous idea was that ‘the medium is the message’.<a name="_ednref6" href="#_edn6"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[6]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Somewhat cryptically, this aphorism asserted the priority of channels, which Innes had observed tend to be laid down in each new form of communication over older ones. To Innes, what changed was the means of communication,<a name="_ednref7" href="#_edn7"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[7]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> with actors getting not just more of it but additional types. Humanists like McLuhan and others of the Canadian ‘school’ emphasized this differential engagement of different types of communication over their information passing functions and proceeded to focus on the sensory aspect of what humanists would call ‘genre’ that were largely missed in message-focused theories of communication. In almost all mid-century social science, this perspective was widely tried and quickly relegated to the margins by interests in how communication, meaning media, ‘informed’ decisions of social actors and, normatively or on a policy level, how more or better information made for better or at least more informed decisions.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">The view of communication drawn from information theory and focused messages and on message-passing that made a difference in recipients also was written into major research efforts to study, in order then to mobilize, communication as a force for change, and particularly a liberal force. One of these was Lerner’s <em>Passing of Traditional Society in the Middle East</em>.<a name="_ednref8" href="#_edn8"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[8]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> This much-cited study set out to determine if the spread of mass communications in 1950s Egypt, which was part of the Nasserite state’s attempt to create a new citizenry for a new state, actually produced results anticipated. Lerner’s disappointing finding was that that mass communications, particularly broadcasting, did not spread openness, rationality and other liberal habits, not to say values. ‘Too passive’ was the judgement passed on mass communications to mass audiences.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">So why did this interest that passed away into a critical cloud of disappointment over mass communications come back seemingly fresh with the Internet? Three things seem to come together. On the side of political analysis, Ithiel da Sola Pool, a member of one of the projects that spawned studies such as Lerner’s of mass communications in developing countries, developed an argument that found liberation not in mass but in networked communications. The difference was that networked communications, built on an any-to-any model of communications, increased the agency of recipients of messages. In fact, networked communications required it, because their structure was more interactive, even participatory.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">Second, this was the principal idea that developers of network technology, and particularly of the Internet, emphasized when trying to conceptualise their invention and to secure support for its deployment and development. The Internet, which was conceived and built by engineers for their own work, and so incorporated their work habits, was cast as a technology for seeking information over merely receiving it; it was represented as ‘built’ by its users, a notion they extended to new users, if somewhat problematically. Working in the public sector, they sought support for that work by casting computer-based networking, originally an economic way to use cheap communications for access to expensive computers, as an inherently democratic information order and so of general benefit. With this gloss, the engineers’ tool that passed to the National Science Foundation for the benefit of all scientists then passed to the private sector for the benefit of all, particularly consumers but in principle all citizens.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">This could probably have been enough, and in venues where corporate chieftains, politicians, and scientists come together from Aspen and Davos to Washington thinktanks, it may well have been enough to excite interest in the Internet. Political analysts took up the rhetoric of engineers and recontextualised it, popularized it, and hailed the Internet. The banner years were 1993-1995, with Lawrence Grossman’s <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Electronic Republic</span>, Nicholas Negroponte’s <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Being Digital</span>, Bill Gates’ <span style="text-decoration:underline;">The Road Ahead</span>, all on the heels of Harold Rheingold’s <span style="text-decoration:underline;">The Virtual Community</span>,<a name="_ednref9" href="#_edn9"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[9]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> with think-tank symposia taking up the task of further translation to policy. A third element in this conjunction is the growth in the humanities of reader-response theories that had come to stress how, beyond the author, a reader ‘completes’ the text, such that the only meaningful sense of ‘meaning’ emerges through an extended process in which the reader is not a passive recipient but instead an active participant, if not a sort of ‘author’ herself. While the influence of humanities by comparison to that of techno-science and pop socio-political analysis is problematic, the Geist of the Zeit was open to new critical studies’ extension of criticism to the agency of readers that brought together Derridian deconstruction of texts, Foucaultian archaeologies of knowledge, and the old Frankfort School’s critical sociology of mass society and its mass communication. Only a few still spoke for authority and located it in authors.<a name="_ednref10" href="#_edn10"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[10]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">The result was that at material, social-political, and cultural levels a consensus formed and paradigm coalesced around the Internet as a new medium, democratic because more interactive than mass communication and actively participatory in a way that, the consensus had come to be, passive reception of mass media was not. Initially, reservations came only from the cultural right, defending authors and editors and other gatekeepers, although minority voices emerged on the left, echoing the old Marxist Frankfort School, that what was on the Internet was trash, too – in this case, ‘data trash’.<a name="_ednref11" href="#_edn11"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[11]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">It was into this maelstrom of optimism about the Internet as an additional engine of liberalization on the media side complementing that on the market side, where globalization had originally been identified, that Dr. Hudson and I stepped with a project to investigate whether, how, and to what extent the Internet might have a democratizing impact in the Arab world. In the background was the sneaking realization that economics had not done it, that other parts of the developing world were running with economic globalization, notably East and South Asia and, at the time, perhaps, South America, but the Middle  East was at least as resistant as Africa. Yet, the Middle East appeared to be coming online and reflexively to register the Internet as a new medium that might bust open what stalled halting economic liberalization was not. The point of entrée we chose was Internet pioneers, or advocates and early adopters.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This is an extensive and at the time amorphous universe, if not a very populous one. Tiny percentages of Middle Easterners were counted ‘on-line’ in various global measures of uncertain provenance. But, we knew some. I had moved from studying Islamic websites to others with more regional, nationalist bents and actually visited the offices of the first pan-Arab web portal, Arabia On-Line, and some early Internet service providers; Dr. Hudson knew enough Arab intellectuals who were thinking about this to organize CCAS’ 1995 annual symposium on the ‘information revolution’ in the region, which revealed that views were forming, but in advance of much actual experience.  The Internet was reflexively registered far more than engaged praxis. So we settled on ‘pioneers’ who were very much at the implementation end of things, advocates and early adopters’ trying to introduce the Internet; and we hypothecized that they would be introducing an extended package, or at least large parts of it, which included features that had registered as ‘democratic’ such as user direction, decentralized structure, an open information regime and, not least, the work habits and values of engineers, entrepreneurs, and media people that largely run counter to information-controlling habits of authorities.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Such a way was pointed in an argument of Anne-Marie Slaughter, at Princeton’s Wilson School of International Studies, that the “real new world order,” as she put it, would be composed not at the top nor at the bottom but in the middle through professionals and their border-crossing cultures.<a name="_ednref12" href="#_edn12"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[12]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Also, there was the classic demonstration by the political sociologist, David Knoke, of how decision-making agencies in government is enmeshed with clients and patrons outside the public sector, in corporate, professional, academic, and various quasi-public realms, whose influence is channeled more effectively through networks than through the electoral process.<a name="_ednref13" href="#_edn13"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[13]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Analysis, as it were, was going horizontal, or following empirical evidence. What evidence could we find for such influence, and would it accommodate liberalizing ones? These could occur on two levels, an ideological or normative one, in the passage of values, and at a practical one, in the extension with the Internet of governance and administrative practices that engineers had built into it, that corporate chieftains now celebrated as natural, and that new cultural theory affirmed as part of the process.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">We chose Syria, Jordan, Egypt and Saudi Arabia for a comparative study of Internet implantation, and in these different political economies we found that existing Internet culture was reflexively registered and promoted as new values. We found multiple efforts to design and install Internet structures, to extend service and to develop uses with local content as well as international reach. We also found the then-famous obstacles of limited infrastructure, narrow regulation, problematic investment, and the conundrum of low numbers as the market waited for users and users waited for content. We also found each government experimenting with the Internet on many levels, from telecoms to national websites, as well as many similar efforts by individuals. We also found strong support for the idea of the Internet as development tool and as development sector at the highest political levels – in fact, a common pattern of lodging that support institutionally one step away from the highest national authority in each country. Each had an institution, close to power and under high-level patronage, that housed Internet advocacy and became the point of contact for interested parties much as Knoke theorized, and, crucially, conducted its own ‘foreign policy’ much as Slaughter hypothecised. We found these also to be relatively open, or at least unformed, and to become sites of considerable politicking, alliance-seeking and coalition-forming around the new information technology. These are necessary but not sufficient for democratization, and are hardly regimes of democratic governmentality; but before coming to that, let me briefly sketch what we found.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The first were scientists and engineers, based in university engineering faculties, who were trained abroad in new Internet technologies and sought connections for their own work. By 1993, they had created a fledgling Egyptian Universities Network with a low bandwidth dialup connection to EARN,<a name="_ednref14" href="#_edn14"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[14]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> the European counterpart of NSFNET, itself created in 1985 to take over development efforts that had outgrown the Internet’s laboratory origins. By that year, a similar connection was established at the King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals in Saudi Arabia, engineers at the University of Jordan had registered a top-level domain for that country,<a name="_ednref15" href="#_edn15"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[15]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> and engineers in Syria had formed a professional association that pressed for installing the software core of the Internet, known as the TCP/IP protocol, for a national data network. Each encountered resistance from national telephone monopolies, which claimed exclusive control over international telecommunications and represented a different engineering culture, different protocols, notions of service, and investment in a physical base. Against this was argued that the Internet was a different engineering that would leverage more talents;  but these efforts were quickly superseded.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In each of Jordan, Syria, Egypt and Saudi Arabia a center of Internet advocacy emerged, abetted by the incapacity of existing institutions to contain it and in time supplemented by another for the new technology. These sites were protected, isolated from day-to-day responsibilities of line ministries and functional agencies, and more or less devoted to something close to cutting edge techno-science. These were sites in which techno-science as such was not or could not be locally reproduced, much less produced, staffed by engineers trained in the1960s and 1970s computer engineering the new computer science that provided a theoretical basis for software. With better ties with international counterparts than within their own countries, each was secured by high-level patronage, typically lodged just below the highest political authority. It is common for regimes in the region to keep tabs on things with potential but not of immediate concern this way. In them would be collected some of the best and brightest, and surely some of the most highly trained who, through schooling abroad and professional ties had developed networks with international counterparts and brought ideas, practices, sciences and techniques into a protected space that was also relatively quarantined:</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:38.75pt;text-indent:-.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family:Symbol;">·<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><!--[endif]-->the Royal Scientific Society in Jordan, under the patronage of then Crown Prince Hassan, himself something of an international intellectual figure</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:38.75pt;text-indent:-.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family:Symbol;">·<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><!--[endif]-->the Syrian Computer Society in Syria, under the patronage successively of the sons of Syrian President Hafez Al-Asad, Basel and after his death Bashar, a physician who later succeeded his father</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:38.75pt;text-indent:-.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family:Symbol;">·<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><!--[endif]-->the IDSC in Egypt, a think tank of econometricians, management and computing experts providing policy analysis in the Egyptian Cabinet office</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:38.75pt;text-indent:-.25in;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span style="font-family:Symbol;">·<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><!--[endif]-->the King  Faisal Specialist  Hospital &amp; Research Center (KFSHRC) in Riyadh, which was the nation’s center for cardiac treatment and research founded by the royal family</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Each had a crucial function that depended on techno-scientific expertise and then traded on it.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">A example and good typesite for comparison would be the IDSC, established in the Egyptian cabinet office to provide independent analysis and policy-formulation. Staffed by PhD economists, scientists and management experts, the IDSC proved itself by devising a restructuring of Egypt’s public sector foreign debt, proving the ability of its tools to identify and gather information and then to manage it, so that for the first time the total foreign debt of public sector agencies was known and in a controllable way. From that, it gained additional tasks, including institutionalizing its tools, which included networked computing, and was able to take over efforts in the Egyptian university system to assume a leading role in design and implementation of the Internet. In other words, in a position to bypass the state teleco, they also disposed resources to develop alternative technology.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">In a similar fashion, the RSS in Jordan assembled a group of computer engineers to automate and then to ‘reengineer’ public sector administration, a sort of project for upgrading soft infrastructure comparable to modernization of hard infrastructure through development projects. Their first success was automation of the social security system. Such projects envisioned a combination of internal process improvements through electronic automation and extending those to government service provision by trading not just on the prestige but on the proven abilities of IT specialists.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">In Saudi   Arabia, engineers ad hoc connections were wrapped into an Internet precursor, Bitnet, which was installed for telemedicine by the nation’s leading cardiac hospital, while university engineering faculties kept in the game by providing much of the technical expertise and by continuing to train personnel in the technologies of networked computing. In Syria, a professional society of computing engineers took on the task of studying and proseltysing for networked computing as a tool for Syria’s continued modernization of both information services and administration.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">In each case, something between partnerships and patronage networks joined not only authorities and technical experts, but were also forged horizontally across sectors through professional and ‘old school’ ties, such as between university faculty and friends or former students employed in telecos, or met in national and international conferences. Through such common cultures and social networks, modernization of processes, including access to information and improving its communication through what amounts to automation extended in time to restructuring those processes. For that, the Internet was advanced as a general purpose tool, primarily for information retrieval in Saudi Arabia, for administrative modernization in Jordan, for decision control in Egypt, and for extending the application of computing in Syria. In each, also, technical success was used to press for extending the tool variously into public services and to the public that in time recast the Internet from a development tool to projecting it as a development sector as the overall paradigm of development shifted from modernization (which had meant catching up with industrial countries) to globalization (which meant joining the emerging political economy of freer trade) that gained popularity, even a sense of urgency, with the close of the Cold War.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The experts on which these efforts drew were among their nations’ best and brightest, who not only applied these tools, they also depended on them for international connections, whose advantages for their own work they projected to be advantages for their nations. These projections began to bear fruit by the mid-1990s as they were able to demonstrate Internet capabilities – a notable example was the 1995 MENA economic summit – and authorities began to take note, reflexively registering these as solutions at least to problems of management and possibly much more. A pair of well-connected business service companies offered the service to the public, and breathless <em>Business Week</em> article that year recounted the Internet coming to Jordan with on-line chats with the Minister of Information (himself a computer engineer and subsequently ambassador to the US, foreign minister and deputy prime minister).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Breakthroughs occurred with the rise of a post-independence generation that included technocrats who, even if trained in older technologies, spoke the language of engineering and applied science, and kept up through professional networks from conferences to journals. At the top, it included a new generation of rulers, coming of age when overriding national security concerns of the independence generation were shifting to national welfare. Externally, development paradigms had shifted from modernization focused on infrastructure development to globalization focused on trade, and notions of capital accumulation were giving way to newer theories of flexible accumulation such as operationalised in out-sourcing. In the post-industrial shift from manufacturing to services, the most fashionable were cast as information or ‘knowledge’ services, thinking about which rulers or those close to them were exposed to from UN conferences to the World Economic Forum at Davos. In other words, experts did not have to convince powers-that-be on their own or even just through demonstrations; at their own level, high authorities were exposed to the urgency that their counterparts and interlocutors in other fora gave them.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">One result was additional actors being brought that, combined with the arrival of new leaders and new emphases, prompted a new round of institution-creating to assemble those actors and focus activities under new conditions. They started from  realizations that old institutions could not contain the new technologies pressed by development agencies, by technologists, and in the global political economy emerging around flexible accumulation. In Jordan, this led to the creation of INT@J, nominally an IT business association whose foundation was funded by USAID, and a series of annual conferences focused on IT as a development sector. In Egypt, the IDSC spun off variants of its program targeting both the region as a whole and Egypt’s provincial governerates, plus a series of companies that took over successful projects from database management to building an Internet backbone. Also, these countries replaced ministries of communications with new Ministries for Communication and Information Technologies. The first minister in Egypt was former head of the IDSC and subsequently became Prime Minister, while another IDSC alum succeeded him at the MC&amp;IT. Jordan’s was headed first by the country’s senior scientist, formerly a dean of engineering and subsequently minister of higher education, and then by a prominent IT businessman. Universities were prodded to establish new faculties for ‘information sciences’ that combined computer science from arts faculties, computer engineering from engineering faculties, and management from business faculties to train a new cadre of professionals. The region has also seen a proliferation of private colleges that teach programming and management.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Things moved more slowly in Syria and Saudi Arabia. The Syrian Computer Society developed a series of proposals for a national data network using Internet technology (TCP/IP). Their proposals were whittled down progressively from installing and operating the network within the state telecom structure to operating a network that the STE would install to operating as an Internet Service Provider for its members, essentially for the scientific and technical establishment in universities, government service and a few private businesses. The countervailing state plan was for Internet service to be supplied and administered by the STE for government agencies and for those to extend service to their suppliers, and so on eventually to the whole public. Here, the limiting factor was renegotiating the space of the state telecoms company and with other government agencies such as the ministries of information and interior. Likewise, an extended period of behind-the-scenes advocacy and negotiation ensued in Saudi Arabia as technical universities brought forward proposals and experiments for converting Bitnet to Internet protocols to expand the original telemedicine operation into an Internet initially connecting Saudi universities. Businesses pressed for connection and lobbied for eventual ISP licenses, while ministries deadlocked over control of the new technology; in the end authority over the Internet was lodged in KACST, Saudi   Arabia’s national authority for scientific research and development. Physical connectivity was kept by the Saudi telco, while KACST supplied Internet connectivity to public sector agencies, including universities, and to private sector ISPs that met certain qualifications. Those were essentially that applicants had to be in the IT business, the policy goal being that ISPs should not become a new source of rent but should be leveraged to develop a wider IT business sector. In both cases policy favored the Internet as a development tool, while the development sector with its wider range of actors.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Structurally, Saudi and Syrian policies amounted to more halting steps than Jordan’s and Egypt’s embraces of IT as a development sector and subsuming Internet installation and expansion (particularly to the private sector and to private users) in that. Physical structure of the Internet reflected these policies. Instead of multiple gateways and a spider-web network of multiple routes, Saudi and Syrian Internet installations paralleled the national phone systems, while Jordan and Egypt proceeded to structures of multiple routes for Internet traffic, both within their countries and to the international Internet. Here, the ‘drag’ is only partly infrastructural; it includes policy compromises to retain a hierarchy of physical connection and service provision with marginal openings in each that would exclude use of the Internet for call-termination services (VoIP). In practice, Jordan and Egypt were slightly more liberal although substantially more open to alternative providers because, unlike Syria and Saudi Arabia, they accepted policy commitments to de-nationalize state telecos in order to qualify for admission to the World Trade Organization.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In each case, the outcome is neither merely domesticating Internet service to preexisting models nor according to new models for communication. The new technologies did not fit old institutions, because the Internet is not one technology; it is a composite, each with its own expertise and networks of experts, supporters, and history of relations with others. The outcome is instead continuous negotiation, advocacy for technologies and uses, claims for new expertises, horizontal alliance-seeking through professional and other networks (particularly through educational networks and alumni relations), recruitment of additional allies from financiers to regulators, trading on international connections and appeals to values associated with those, and abilities convincingly to conceptualise broad systemic pressures in the international system in appropriate national terms. For example, the same telephone establishments that resisted Internet engineering contained engineers who cooperated with Internet counterparts from providing protocol specifications and operating manuals the latter would need to adapt to actual physical connections for experiments. They met both through old-boy networks and through conferences, as at another level did policy-makers and implementers, both nationally and internationally, and so forth on up the line.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">In each case, engineers and others had to build coalitions by articulating common, or at least complementary, interests and finding ways to work together, or at least to leverage the pressures of others for their own projects. Those projects had to be broken down in structural terms into bits to which different actors could attach and advance their interests; and no two assembled quite the same. New institutions in each country – the IDSC in Egypt, Jordan’s RSS and then INT@J, KACST in Saudi Arabia, SCS in Syria – represent in part coalescences of multiple constituencies into broader coalitions than occasional alliances, although not the end of competitions among different parts to dominate those. What we see here is not simply domestication of the Internet to national models, nor Internet models surviving intact in actual installations, but how networks work, form, grow, and are managed through continuous negotiation.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In each, additional players clamored for admission, to bring and to be part of constituencies with interests in the Internet. Over time, some dropped out, some actors moved on, notably some of the earlier players from the first phase. Among the latter were various financiers, engineers and technocrats whose roles in the first phase (of modernization) would not carry into the second (of globalization). Some dropped aside, particularly among financeers and investors who had absorbed the lessons of venture capitalism. Others moved in, such as to new regulatory positions where technical expertise mattered as much as their connections. Others moved on. IDSC computer scientists became ministers and heads of new companies that spun off successful projects. Core members of the Syrian Computer Society became ambassadors, governors, agency heads and managerial staff after their nominal president succeeded his father as President of Syria – a new technocratic elite replacing parts of the older one, itself largely trained in older forms of engineering. The founding president of INT@J became Jordan’s ambassador to the US, others moved into ministries, or out of them to found IT businesses. Movement was not only at the top: new Internet developers formed a regional labor pool in constant circulation, constant search for training, employment, investment. All of this mobility reflexively registered as new opportunities to convert expertise at an individual level through multiple networks at an institutional level such as Knoke had found around technical agencies and Slaughter hypothecised as the value (‘social capital’ in another terminology) in professional expertise.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This translates not into ‘democratization’ of an electoral sort; but it does translate into new mobilities, new measures of self-determination, and of shared decision-making that condenses in alliance-seeking and coalition-formation. And it translates into a corresponding gathering of new constituencies by rulers that goes beyond rewarding favorites. It is precisely to break the latter mold that administrative and regulatory authority over the Internet in Saudi Arabia arguably was lodged in the research establishment organized and staffed by technical specialists, scientists, and engineers, or that telecoms divestment was pressed in Egypt and Jordan. Even if at the same time rulers’ favorites were granted new concessions, all of these were partial and came with charges to extend the business. Arguably, rulers were gathering new constituencies not only internally but also to face new external conditions to which those constituencies also respond. Finally, at an individual level, there was greater occupational mobility of IT specialists on to others in new media. Minimally, we see an expanded scope of choices, if less so of decision-making, that comports with flexible accumulation’s steady displacement of Rostovian capital accumulation in the global political economy and, arguably also, comports with remix at the cultural level.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">So, between democratization and more exceptionalism, a more complex middle course seems evident in looking for practices over institutional change or change in consciousness. This will probably require another turn in political thinking about communications. As thinking shifted with the end of World War II to building post-war peace and prosperity, a new and efficient idea of information was brought forward that is showing its age under the emerging regime of globalization. By comparison to modernity’s type sites of mass society, mass economy, mass culture, and the central problem of their structural-functional integration, globalization’s type sites are flexible accumulation in political economy and creolization or ‘remix’ in cultural economy. Less developed is the sociology, which has been cast as networks with, in one influential formulation, the Internet as the material base of their social morphology.<a name="_ednref16" href="#_edn16"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[16]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> But the Internet does not sweep all before it; it is carried along with the rest of flexible accumulation, at one end, and flexible culture, at the other. The dynamics of net-working are exemplified in alliances and coalitions that surround institutions as nodal points more of collection than of integration conceived in structural-functional terms. The proper sociology for this is not the structural-functional sociology of mass society/culture/communications that linked behavior and belief in a teleology that has communications as their link. Interests that articulate as a network around points of agency also each articulate their own additional points, which precludes representation and stable constituencies on which representation depends normatively as an institutional feature of democracy. Something else is needed.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">Our findings on Internet implantation and implementation are in line with those of studies at the user end that approach structure through content – what appears on the screen, how it gets there, who sees it and how they find it – and that suggest that the Internet is neither democratic nor anti-democratic in any comprehensive sense. Such views have been based on partial and often on programmatic perspectives that the Internet, and more generally networked communication, has outrun. Theoretical ability to reach everyone does not translate into reaching everyone in fact: in political terms, the ideal of the electronic town-meeting is chimerical. Neither does malleability of Internet translate into successful cooptation by existing institutions because this capacity is also distributed. Partly, this is because virtual communities are communities in a limited sense; at the individual level, participants come and go but may be intensely dedicated while they stay. The real question is how. Part of the answer is that assemblages of information are also unstable, and these instabilities are reflected in increasingly sophisticated technologies of selection (such as exemplified in Google searches and, often, abilities to search on web sites that have replaced earlier ‘portal’ models). The users’ Internet has persistently pushed beyond mass media models based on aggregation and integration of information; so has the structural Internet.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">A better way to think about this sociologically than as enhancing choice, or as degradation into consumerism and solipsism, is to recognize that the networked communications are in some fundamental senses post-democratic. The Internet, and networked communications generally, are mediated by experts and not just engineers but at all levels from engineers who implement technologies to ISPs that deliver them to webdesigners, information contributors and end users. Entry conditions are not confined to physical access but also to knowing how, which extends through all levels (to use, to produce, to install, to implement, to design). That also translates into claims to participate (typically based on claims to expertise and universal values other than those of citizenship), and so into assiduous management of reputations for knowing how and showing up. Taken together, these conditions vitiate democratic notions of representation, much less of stable constituencies that someone might represent, as evidenced at the user end by ‘flame wars’ and by the shifting actor sets at the implementation end on which I have focused here. These features in turn assure multiple reflexivities instead of the monoculture projected in early engineers’ generalizations from their own experiences and refined by political entextualization. There is no stable balance between first movers and new comers in establishing a middle-ground reflexivity.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">The Internet that opens choices does not correspondingly sustain representation, but makes it problematic. The Internet that enhances agency also privileges expertise of many sorts.  The Internet that is open to all depends on who shows up.  The Internet that transcends boundaries produces unstable aggregations of information, technologies, and actors. Whether in creating the Internet or in using it, analysis is faced with a sociality where access, participation and determination are based less on representation of constituencies and comprehensive ‘citizenship’ than on expertise, showing up, assiduous reputation management, multiple reflexivities, and constantly morphing ‘implementations’. These are features of network organization that correspond at the sociological level to flexible accumulation in political economy and to the ‘remix’ phenomena at the cultural level, or what I have called ‘creolization’,<a name="_ednref17" href="#_edn17"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[17]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> and politically to a governmentality that is barely coming into view.<a name="_ednref18" href="#_edn18"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[18]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent:.5in;">While global measures register absences, what emerges in this study are activities of alliance-seeking and coalition formation around implantation and implementation of the Internet in four Arab countries. There has been a tendency to dwell on disappointing results that is close to slipping into a new exceptionalism, which, as much as initial enthusiasms, overinterprets equivocal results. From too much, and too specific, hope, mood swings to too much, and too general, despair (probably abetted by the global dot.com investment bust, but that is another story). What has instead happened includes a startling increase in several specific mobilities – of technical expertise and experts into and up through government, of tech workers around the region, of information flows and production, of investments of all sorts including constant search for training, of shared decision-making that entangles old sites in new constituencies, and additional constituencies that rulers have to take account of and secure support from. This is not electoral, or even institutional, democracy, but neither is it the opposite. It is the globalization that is manifest in political economy as flexible accumulation, in culture as ‘remix’ or creolization, and sociologically in networks that operationalize as alliances and coalitions forming around the techniques as well as technology of networked communications. IT implantation and implementation may be a key site to observe globalization in the Middle East, which otherwise seems a disappointing representative.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">Notes &amp; References</p>
<div><!--[if !supportEndnotes]--></p>
<hr size="1" /><!--[endif]--></p>
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn1" href="#_ednref1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[1]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Walter Wriston, <em>The Twilight of Sovereignty</em>. Scribners, 1992.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn2" href="#_ednref2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[2]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Benedict Anderson<em>, Imagined Communities</em>. Verso, 1983.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn3" href="#_ednref3"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[3]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Walter Lippman, <em>Public Opinion</em>. Harcourt Brace &amp; Co., 1922.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn4">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn4" href="#_ednref4"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[4]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Karl Deutsch, <em>The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and Control</em>. Free Press, 1966.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn5">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn5" href="#_ednref5"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[5]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> See: Everett M. Rogers, <em>A History of Communication Study</em>. Free Press, 1994.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn6">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn6" href="#_ednref6"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[6]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Marshall McLuhan, <em>Understanding Media</em>. McGraw-Hill, 1964.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn7">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn7" href="#_ednref7"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[7]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Harold Innes, <em>The Bias of Communication</em>. University  of Toronto Press, 1951</p>
</div>
<div id="edn8">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn8" href="#_ednref8"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[8]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Daniel Lerner, <em>The Passing of Traditional Society in the </em><em>Middle East</em>. Free Press, 1958.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn9">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn9" href="#_ednref9"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[9]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Howard Rheingold. <em>The Virtual Community: Homesteading on the Electronic Frontier</em>. Harper Collins, 1993; Lawrence Grossman. <em>The Electronic Republic: Reshaping Democracy in the Information Age</em>. Viking Penguin, 1995. Nicholas Negroponte. <em>Being Digital</em>. New Simon &amp; Schuster, 1995.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn10">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn10" href="#_ednref10"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[10]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a>For example, Gertrude Himmelfarb, &#8220;A Neo-Luddite Reflects on the Internet,&#8221; <em>The Chronicle of Higher Education</em>, 1 November 1996, A56); Clifford Stoll, <em>Silicon Snake-Oil: Second Thoughts on the </em><em>Information   Highway</em><em>.</em> Anchor, 1996.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn11">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn11" href="#_ednref11"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[11]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Arthur Koker &amp; Michael Weinstein, <em>Data Trash: The Theory of the Virtual Class</em>. Palgrave, 1994.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn12">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn12" href="#_ednref12"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[12]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> “The Real New World Order,” <em>Foreign Affairs</em> 76(5): 183-97, September/October 1997.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn13">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn13" href="#_ednref13"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[13]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Edward O. Laumann &amp; Kavid Knoke, <em>The Organizational State</em>. University  of Wisconsin Press, 1987; David Knoke. <em>Political Networks: The Structural Perspective.</em> Cambridge University Press, 1990.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn14">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn14" href="#_ednref14"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[14]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Tarek Kamel. “Internet Commercialization in Egypt: A Country Study,” Proceedings of the Internet Society, June 1997; S. Mintz, <em>The Internet as a tool for Egypt’s economic growth</em>. An International Development Professionals Inc. Report. October, 1998.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn15">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn15" href="#_ednref15"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[15]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Khalid Al-Tawil, “The Internet in Saudi Arabia,” <em>Telecommunications Policy</em> 25.8/9: 625-633, September/October, 2001.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn16">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn16" href="#_ednref16"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[16]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Manuel Castells, <em>The Rise of the Network Society</em>, Blackwell, 1996. pp. 469 ff.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn17">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn17" href="#_ednref17"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[17]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> “New Creoles on the Information Superhighway.” <em>Anthropology Today</em> 11(4): 13-15, August 1995.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn18">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn18" href="#_ednref18"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[18]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> “The Post-Democratic Governmentality of Network Societies.” In <em>Reformatting Politics: Information Technology and Global Civil Society</em>, edited by Jodi Dean, Jon W. Anderson and Geert Lovink.  New York: Routledge, 2006.  pp. xv-xxix.</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText">&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText" style="text-align:center;"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the <a title="Email to Jon W. Anderson" href="mailto:anderson@cua.edu">Author</a>.</em></p>
</div>
</div>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/161/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/161/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=161&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/15/globalization-democracy-the-internet-and-arabia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Development and Decision-Making in Arab SatelliteTV</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/development-and-decision-making-in-arab-satellitetv/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/development-and-decision-making-in-arab-satellitetv/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 19:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Print Press]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satellite Television]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[State Television]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Egypt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[media business]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Palestine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Saudi Arabia]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=71</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Naomi Sakr, University of Westminster Edited transcript of a contribution to the workshop on New Media and the Reconstruction of Popular Culture in the Arab World, Georgetown University Center for Contemporary Arab Studies. May 17, 2006 In this talk I plan to focus on decision-making in Arab satellite TV as a way of assessing some [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=71&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --></div>
<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><span style="font-size:10pt;" lang="EN-GB"><strong>Naomi Sakr</strong>, </span>University of Westminster<!-- #EndEditable --><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" --><br />
Edited transcript of a contribution to                          the workshop on <em>New Media and the Reconstruction of                          Popular Culture in the Arab World</em>, Georgetown University                          Center for Contemporary Arab Studies. May 17, 2006</p>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<div class="Section1">
<p class="MsoNormal">In this talk I plan to focus on decision-making                            in Arab satellite TV as a way of assessing some of the                            ways in which it is developing. As a point of entry                            I will start with a little anecdote about how decisions                            get made in one rather exceptional set of circumstances.                            It comes from an article<span id="more-71"></span> written by Yasser Baraka for                            Middle East Times.  Baraka was                            doing a story about private TV stations on the West                            Bank and he was sitting with a Palestinian family in                            Hebron, watching TV. The programme on the local TV channel                            was a documentary. But the family&#8217;s two teenage sons                            were not enjoying it, so the father dialled the TV station                            and spoke to the manager. All of a sudden the documentary                            went off the air, to be replaced by an action movie                            that was much more to his boys&#8217; taste. To be fair, as                            part of the same article, the journalist also quoted                            the father as saying that this rather unusual form of                            &#8220;TV on demand&#8221; could equally work to his disadvantage.                            His family could be watching their favourite soap opera,                            and find it suddenly replaced in the middle with a football                            match or something else. <!--[if !supportFootnotes]--></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">There are two reasons why this scenario serves                            as a way of contextualising decision-making in Arab                            television. The first is that it has nothing whatever                            to do with news. There is an ever-present tendency in                            research on Arab satellite TV to treat news and current                            affairs talkshows as the be-all and end-all of why satellite                            TV matters. The second reason is that it highlights                            the competition for airtime that exists among programme                            genres other than news. That competition exists not                            only in the budgeting and scheduling decisions made                            behind the screens, but also in the choices of viewers.                            In the case of the anecdote I just recounted, the competition                            was variously, at any given time, between documentary,                            drama, film, variety and sport — the things that people                            generally choose to watch in their leisure time viewing,                            whether they are on the West Bank or in Washington.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Of course, in most contexts, it&#8217;s a simple matter                            of zapping with your remote control to get the programme                            you want to watch. But the unusual situation of that                            family in Hebron illustrates in microcosm the different                            layers of competing forces that influence decision making                            in the television industry. For example, there are different                            groups of viewers — in terms of age, gender and control                            over access to the family TV set and &#8220;remote&#8221;.                            There are, as I have already mentioned, different programme                            genres, meaning that television managers have to decide                            the priorities they give to current affairs, drama,                            sport, movies and so on, based on their relative cost                            and popularity. And thirdly, who knows, there is very                            likely to be competition among different personalities                            in the television station in terms of where they take                            direction from and whom they wish to please.</p>
<p>I use that small example to illustrate one aspect                            of the development that has taken place across the Arab                            television industry over the past decade. It&#8217;s not just                            a question of private channels competing with each other                            and government channels wondering whether or not they                            should try to keep up. There are other struggles going                            on: inside channels, among audiences and between channels                            and audiences. It is also important to recognise that                            we can’t talk about the satellite sector as though it                            were self-contained. Terrestrial and satellite stations                            are not sealed off from each other; indeed, in the West                            Bank, small terrestrial broadcasters retransmit material                            from the big satellite channels. There is traffic between                            the two in terms of personnel. And recent changes in                            regulation have resulted in the first terrestrial TV                            licences being awarded to private operators in places                            like Jordan, Morocco, Tunisia and Oman.</p>
<p>So, with that said, I have structured my contribution                            around two dimensions of development in the industry                            as they relate to decision-making, namely proliferation                            and diversification. Under the heading of proliferation,                            I will address such questions as whether &#8220;more                            channels&#8221; translates into &#8220;more players&#8221;                            and whether barriers to market entry are higher or lower                            than they were. Under the heading of diversification,                            I will consider issues such as whether the power to                            take editorial decisions is being decentralised — whether                            it&#8217;s percolating through the layers of media management                            — and whether there is a serious increase in programming                            about local affairs. Inevitably, my remarks will be                            very broad brush and very schematic.</p>
<p>Starting with proliferation, it has become commonplace                            to talk about &#8220;200&#8243; or &#8220;250&#8243; Arab                            satellite channels. Once upon a time, people used to                            talk in wonder about 70 channels. Now we&#8217;ve way surpassed                            that — to the point where it seems not to matter very                            much how precise the number is. Whatever number we give                            this week will be out of date in a few days time. The                            main thing to remember about this explosion in numbers                            is that very few stations these days are content with                            just one or two channels. Naturally the pay-TV operators                            provide a big array of channels. But I&#8217;m talking about                            the free-to-air stations, which now also offer bouquets                            of channels.</p>
<p>Why do the channels multiply? There are important                          economic advantages for a single broadcasting company                          in being able to spread advertising over more than one                          channel; show material at different times on different                          channels so as to get &#8220;more bang for your buck&#8221;                          through repeats; build up a brand and audiences to match                          by offering alternative schedules. The logic of economies                          of scope applies to operations whether they are owned                          in Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Dubai or anywhere in the world.                          Here I&#8217;m talking about operators that follow a rational                          business model, which would exclude Egypt&#8217;s state owned                          channels (of which I think there are around three dozen),                          but it would include Egypt&#8217;s private channels. Of course                          the obvious example of multiplication is MBC, which started                          out as one channel and is now four, or five if we include                          Al-Arabiya. Al-Jazeera is now a network, with channels                          for news, sports and children&#8217;s programming. Other Al-Jazeera                          channels are in the pipeline but that&#8217;s another story.                          Dubai TV consists of four channels, including channels                          specialising in film and sport. Rotana, owned by Prince                          Alwaleed bin Talal, consists of six channels devoted to                          music and film, plus Al-Resalah, the new Islamic channel.                          Dream TV in Egypt started out with the intention of operating                          three channels and currently runs two. Melody, also Egyptian,                          divided itself into Melody Arabia and Melody Hits and                          added Melody Film.</p>
<p>This is not to say that there are no small newcomers                            to the market. There are. We hear about composers who                            create their own music channels, or publishers who recycle                            their content in audiovisual form. But it&#8217;s useful to                            check who is behind such ventures to see how new or                            small they really are, because what has happened with                            this explosion in free-to-air channels turning themselves                            into multichannel operations is that competition actually                            just got a whole lot harder. Any new entrant today has                            to compete with players who have already built up archives                            of music, film and other programming. These players                            have signed up exclusive deals with singers and film                            stars, signed sponsorship and advertising deals with                            the big companies that are interested in multi-country                            markets, and established relations with different audience                            segments across their different channels.</p>
<p>That&#8217;s why most of the new channels we see appearing                            are essentially music channels. They basically consist                            of recorded music and text messages running across the                            screen. This requires no budget for production or acquisition.                            And we see more religious channels — I think there are                            about eight now — which consist of televised sermons                            and talk. That&#8217;s also cheap. Where a new channel makes                            a splash, like Al-Resalah, it&#8217;s because it has the budget                            to hire prominent people. And that kind of budget usually                            means it belongs to someone from a ruling or business                            elite.</p>
<p>Now, as I wrote in my abstract for this talk,                            there is nothing intrinsically wrong with size. If we                            want diversity in content, and risk-taking in introducing                            daring or challenging content, very often it&#8217;s the big                            media operators who are best placed to go down this                            route. From a purely economic point of view, the security                            that comes with size should mean that an operator can                            take a chance in terms of putting new faces on the screen,                            introducing new content, or experimenting with new programme                            genres. Gambles like this can prove very profitable.                            But the question about big media companies is whether                            they have the flexibility to be creative. And that depends                            on how decision-making is organised. Obviously this                            is an issue that is in no way exclusive to Arab TV stations.                            It applies equally to Viacom, News Corporation, Time                            Warner, Disney and others.</p>
<p>You would think, in the multichannel environment,                            that there would have to be diffusion of control over                            editorial matters. Think of all the different job titles                            in companies where they have multiple channels. In MBC,                            you have a director of channels, an overall marketing                            manager, a business development manager and so on. Tim                            Riordan, as Director of Channels, was the person who                            fielded questions about MBC&#8217;s ill-fated experiment with                            Endemol&#8217;s Big Brother format in 2004. Michel                            Costandi, as Business Development Manager, had to do                            the same recently in relation to Fox TV&#8217;s series The                            Simpsons, screened by MBC as Al-Shamshoun.                            And ART has lots of departmental heads. The head of                            its Sports Channel is Charles Balchin, who used to work                            with the BBC and Sky. The head of its international                            sports event division is Karim Younes. He&#8217;s the one                            who has had to fend off criticism about ART, a pay-TV                            network, buying up exclusive rights to screen the World                            Cup in Arab countries. Likewise, we assume that Prince                            Alwaleed doesn&#8217;t micro-manage the six Rotana channels                            or Al-Resalah. Al-Resalah has a general manager, Sheikh                            Tariq Sweidan, based in Kuwait, and a Cairo bureau manager,                            Ahmad Abu Haiba. Rotana has someone overseeing SMS traffic                            across the network and its individual channels have                            managers. I don&#8217;t propose to give a list, merely to                            paint a picture of the proliferation of management jobs                            that occurs when stations and networks expand horizontally,                            as they have done in the past three to four years.</p>
<p>So the crux of the matter is this. If, as I argued                            earlier, entry into the TV market is getting harder,                            not easier (with the result that only limited amounts                            of new blood get in by that route), can we look instead                            to the proliferation of jobs that has taken place inside                            the big companies, in the expectation that this phenomenon                            has led to diffusion of decision-making?</p>
<p>Graham Murdock published an essay in 1982 in which                            he discussed different types of control in communication                            industries, including shareholder power.<a name="_ednref2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_sakr.htm#_edn2"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[2]<!--[endif]--></a> In it he drew on existing work that distinguished between                            two basic levels of control. On one level you have allocative                            control, which signifies control over the allocation                            of resources, including the purpose for which they are                            allocated. On the other you have operational control,                            which signifies control over the use of resources that                            have already been allocated, according to purposes that                            have already been set. I think these categories are                            helpful in considering decision-making in broadcasters                            that operate multiple channels.</p>
<p>Allocative control includes hiring and firing                            at senior positions and allocation not only of budgets,                            but of resources needed for satellite transmission.                            It&#8217;s the kind of control that can be exercised with                            the briefest of telephone conversations. Someone powerful                            behind the scenes puts in a call to the network owner.                            The network owner puts in a call to a manager, and the                            deed is done. And, with the constant possibility of                            this kind of influence being exerted, those with operational                            control act accordingly. They learn to use resources                            in a way that will minimise interventions from on high.                            What lessons have they learned?</p>
<p>Some lessons have been learned from the summary                            removal of personnel. Mohammed Jassem al-Ali was removed                            as director general of Al-Jazeera in 2003. Al-Jazeera&#8217;s                            Moscow bureau chief, Akram Khuzam, was removed last                            year with no official explanation after nearly ten years                            in the post. Hala Sirhan, the prominent presenter and                            talkshow host who is now with Rotana, was forced out                            of Dream in 2002 when the Egyptian authorities threatened                            to withdraw the channel&#8217;s licence because of topics                            covered on air. Some lessons have been learned from                            incidents in which material didn&#8217;t get on air. Any news                            reporter, documentary maker or film production company                            in the region can cite examples of material they weren&#8217;t                            allowed to use for reasons of content, not space. Al-Arabiya                            spent US$50,000 to make a documentary about Darfur.                            It was called Jihad ala al-Jiyad (Jihad on Horseback)                            and it should have been aired in February last year.                            But the president of Sudan called the king of Saudi                            Arabia and the film was not shown.</p>
<p>In Ramadan 2004 there was the example of the drama                            serial, Tariq ila Kabul (Road to Kabul). It had                            a big publicity campaign, and was being shown on three                            or four satellite channels. It attracted viewers because                            it dealt with hot topics, including the story of the                            so-called &#8220;Afghan Arabs&#8221;. Yet it was pulled                            after only eight out of 30 episodes were shown, meaning                            that $2m had been spent on producing the series to no                            avail. According to Charles Levinson, writing in the                            Christian Science Monitor last year, the show                            had received threats from Taliban supporters but was                            actually cancelled because of US pressure on the Qatari                            government, since Qatar Television had commissioned                            the work. The US reportedly feared that scenes of CIA                            agents selling heroin to fund the mujahideen would fire anti-American sentiment in the region.<a name="_ednref3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_sakr.htm#_edn3"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[3]<!--[endif]--></a>Now MBC, the                            biggest station to start showing the series, is suing                            the production company for US$20m for breach of contract.                            Its claim is that the company, Amman-based Arab Telemedia                            Services, failed to provide it with the complete series.</p>
<p>No wonder then that the heads of private production                            companies in Syria went on record recently as saying                            that their companies deliberately stayed away from history                            and politics in the material they produced for Ramadan                            in 2005. No wonder also that so much of the transmission                            time of leading channels is devoted to material that                            originates outside the region. I include in this the                            localised production of programmes based on foreign                            formats. The best known of these are Superstar and Star Academy, but these two are only the                            tip of a very large iceberg. I am not saying there is                            anything wrong with reality TV or game shows. I like                            some of these programmes as much as anyone else. I&#8217;m                            simply questioning whether decision-making processes                            are promoting development by allowing indigenous creativity                            enough scope.</p>
<p>Contact the author: <a href="mailto::naomi@mediaprobe.co.uk" target="_blank">naomi@mediaprobe.co.uk</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<h3><strong>Notes</strong></h3>
<p class="MsoNormal"><!--[if !supportEndnotes]--></p>
</div>
<div>
<hr size="1" />D <!--[endif]--></p>
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_sakr.htm#_ednref1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;">[1]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Yasser Baraka, &#8216;&#8221;TV on demand&#8221; all the rage                              in West Bank&#8217;, <em>Middle East Times</em>, 5 May, 2005</p>
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_sakr.htm#_ednref2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;">[2]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Graham Murdock, &#8216;Large corporations and the control                              of the communications industries&#8217;, in M. Gurevitch,                              T. Bennett, J. Curran and J. Woollacott (eds) <em>Culture,                              Society and the Media</em> (London: Routledge, 1982)                              pp 118-150.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_sakr.htm#_ednref3"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]--><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;">[3]</span></span><!--[endif]--></span></a> Charles Levinson, &#8216;What&#8217;s on during Ramadan? Antiterror                              TV&#8217;, <em>Christian Science Monitor</em>, 3 November,                              2005</p>
</div>
</div>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<p style="text-align:left;"><em> </em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/71/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/71/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=71&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/development-and-decision-making-in-arab-satellitetv/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Cyberspace and the United Arab Emirates: Searching for Tunes in the Air</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/cyberspace-and-the-united-arab-emirates-searching-for-tunes-in-the-air/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/cyberspace-and-the-united-arab-emirates-searching-for-tunes-in-the-air/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:46:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Entertainment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[media consumption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[UAE]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=45</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Timothy N. Walters (Zayed University, Dubai, UAE) and Lynne Masel Walters (Texas A&#38;M University) Paper delivered at the Communication Technology and Policy Division, AEJM, August 2002 ABSTRACT: The United Arab Emirates is attempting to carve a piece of the future out its desert by erecting Internet City on the main road connecting the Emirates of [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=45&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><strong>Timothy                        N. Walters</strong> (Zayed                        University, Dubai,                        UAE) and <strong>Lynne Masel Walters</strong> (Texas                        A&amp;M University)<!-- #EndEditable --><span style="font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
</span><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" -->Paper                        delivered at the Communication Technology and Policy Division,                        AEJM, August 2002<!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<div class="Section1">
<h2><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;"> </span></h2>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>ABSTRACT</strong>:                            The United Arab Emirates                            is attempting to carve a piece of the future out its                            desert by erecting Internet                            City on the                            main road connecting the Emirates of Dubai and Abu                            Dhabi. This effort is fraught                            with contradictions. Emiratis are eager for the businesses                            and jobs that they expect to pull out of cyberspace.                            Yet, they are reluctant to make social and cultural                            changes. Policy makers are finding it difficult to deal                            with the competing demands of traditional religion,                            culture, and society on the one hand and modern freedom,                            information interchange and globalization on the other.                            How they resolve the conflict will determine whether                            the UAE and its sister countries on the Arabian                            Peninsula will join the new world or be                            buried in the old.<span id="more-45"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family:&quot;"><br />
</span>Introduction</p>
<p>H.H.                            Sheikh Mohammed Rashid Bin Al Maktoum manned a booth                            at Comdex 2000 in Las Vegas. The display                            was designed to attract techies and their businesses                            to Dubai Internet City. Watching His                            Highness promote his sand- dune-to-city marvel, one                            glib observer noted that the royal was trying to “pull                            a [Las Vegas mobster and founding father] Bugsy Siegel                            in the middle of the Dubai desert” by building a community                            based on technology, instead of one based on gambling                            (Gartner, 2000).</p>
<p>The                            stakes might be higher for the United Arab                            Emirates as it looks to the economic future,                            than they were for Bugsy. The UAE is small country of                            approximately 2.9 million, resting at the toe of the Arabian Peninsula, touched by Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the Sultanate                            of Oman. Roughly the size of Maine, the UAE has                            undergone a profound transformation from an impoverished                            region of small desert principalities to a modern state                            with a high standard of living. The transition has occurred                            in a little more than 30 years.</p>
<p>The                            UAE has an oil-and-gas driven economy with an estimated                            2000 GDP per capita of approximately $22,800 (in purchasing                            power parity)<a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote1">1</a> and a rank in                            the top portion of the Human Development Index (CIA,                            2001; United Arab Emirates Yearbook; Human Development                            Indicators, 2001, p. 141). These figures compare favorably                            to neighboring countries: Bahrain, $15,900; Egypt, $3,600;                            India, $2,200; Iraq, $2,500; Kuwait, $15,000; Oman,                            $7,700; Pakistan, $2,000; Qatar, $20,300; Saudi Arabia,                            $10,500; Syria, $3,100 (CIA, 2001).</p>
<p>In                            the United Arab Emirates, seven rulers                            exercise political power over a federation established                            in 1971. None of the emirates has any democratically                            elected institutions and their rule has been both tradition                            bound and patriarchal (U.S. Department of State, 2001).                            Because political parties and elections are prohibited,                            the citizens of the UAE cannot change their government                            democratically. Citizens may express concerns directly                            to their rulers by traditional means including the majlis,                            a sort of political open house<a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote2">2</a> (International                            Press Institute, 2000; see also U.S. Department of State,                            2001).</p>
<p>The                            seven emirate rulers constitute the Federal Supreme                            Council, the highest legislative and executive body.                            The council selects a president and a vice president                            from its membership and the president appoints the prime                            minister and cabinet. The Cabinet manages the Federation                            on a day-to-day basis. A consultative body, the Federal                            National Council, comprising advisors appointed by the                            emirate rulers, has no legislative authority, but questions                            government ministers in open sessions and makes policy                            recommendations to the Cabinet (U..S. Department of                            State, 2001).</p>
<p>Each                            emirate retains control over its own oil and mineral                            wealth, some parts of internal security, and some regulation                            of internal and external commerce. The federal government                            has primacy in matters of defense and foreign policy,                            some aspects of internal security, and, increasingly,                            in the supply of government services (U.S. Department                            of State, 2001).</p>
<p>The                            judiciary generally is independent, but political leadership                            can review its decisions. The legal system of the UAE                            is based on a constitution approved by the Federal National                            Council in 1996, replacing the provisional documents                            that had been renewed every five years since the country’s                            creation in 1971 (<a href="http://www.infoprod.co.il/uae2a.htm" target="_blank">www.infoprod.co.il/uae2a.htm</a>). Springing                            from tradition, the constitution, and legislation, the                            UAE legal system has been influenced by Islamic, Roman,                            and French law (<a href="http://www.law.emory.edu/IFL/legal/UAE.htm" target="_blank">www.law.emory.edu/IFL /legal/UAE.htm</a>; see also, www.uottawa.ca. world-legal-systems/eng-common.htm).                            Common law principles have become important in commercial                            contracts, and Federal Law No. 40 modernized intellectual                            property law in 1992 (Dubaiinc, 2001; IPR, 2001; Abu                            Ghazaleh, 2002).</p>
<p>Today,                            as oil and gas revenues flow from the well head, life                            is lived large with the Emirati equivalent of two cars                            in every garage. The State supports the trappings of                            an easy life with low-cost education and medicine, high                            paying jobs, short working hours, and low-cost housing                            loans for nationals. Inspired by the benevolent leadership                            of Sheikh Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahayan, who has led the                            country for more than 30 years, the United Arab                            Emirates has blossomed in the desert.</p>
<p>The                            Sheikh has taken steps to move away from its oil dependence.                            The federal government has invested heavily in tourism,                            aviation, re-export commerce, and, recently, telecommunications.                            In doing so, leadership has recognized that the country                            must make more of its human resources. Devoid of most                            natural resources except for petrocarbons, the UAE,                            particularly the Emirate of Dubai, has invested billions                            of Dirhams in high technology equipment and training.                            The great dream is that, with this investment, the desert                            and its people will bloom. They can create income-yielding                            activities and serve as pillars of the future (Walters,                            2001, p. 82).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Yet even as it offers promise, IT provides significant                            challenges as well. The same science and technology                            that will propel the economy into desired realms may                            propel the culture onto dangerous turf. The empowerment                            of individuals that                            is a by-product of technological advancement will run                            up againsttraditional                            notions of society in the UAE and across sister Gulf                            Cooperation Council (GCC) states Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Sheikh Ali Korani, director of the Ayatollah Gulpaybahane Computer Center in Qom spoke of this                            contradiction. He said, &#8220;Take a knife, for example. You can use                            it in the kitchen or you can use it to commit crimes                            Many things have a double nature and the {technology} is one of them,&#8221; he explained. &#8220;You                            can use it in different ways. The main thing is to use                            it for the good” (CNN Interactive, 1997). Searching                            for that good has led many governments to go slow, perhaps                            because they have understood that creating computer                            networks can facilitate the means for individuals who                            act to build a community of rights (Walters, 2001, p.                            247).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The                            ability to develop policies that take the greatest advantage                            of cyberspace and do the least amount of damage to culture                            will determine if the desert will bloom or wither (Aizu,                            1997; see also Price and Krug, 2000).</p>
<p>Civic                            society</p>
<p>The                            law does not determine by itself how free, pluralistic,                            or independent the media (including the internet) will                            be. The interaction between legal and social-cultural                            institutions define this relationship (Price and Krug,                            2000, pps. 8-10). Laws, of course, help, but even authoritarian                            societies have mastered the vocabulary of free expression,                            or statement (and access to that statement), and have                            written it into their constitutions. (See International                            Constitutional Law, http://www.uni-wuerzburg.de/law/home.html).</p>
<p>The                            will of the people and the development of civic society                            have great impact on how the laws will be implemented                            (O’Donnell and Schmitter, 1986; Geremek, 1992; Diamond,                            1994; Bryant, 1995). In civic society complex networks                            of economic, social, and cultural practices based on                            friendship, family, the market, and voluntary association                            influence daily life (Wapner, 1995) Such civic forces                            are in play in varying degrees in the UAE and sister                            GCC countries, where kinship and marriage count, and                            extended family networks wield enormous power in all                            aspects of life. Thus, any policy of freedom of statement                            becomes intertwined with family, tradition, and heritage.                            (See for example, Essoulami, 2001; Za’Za’, 8 January 2002)</p>
<p>GCC                            countries share many things: geography, history, culture,                            language, and religion &#8211; and (mostly) absolute monarchies.                            In these Arab/Islamic societies people serve families                            and families serve society; so the individual finishes                            last (Patai, 1983; Nawar, 2000). For most, the rule                            of the family is the norm. There are no political parties,                            and no freedoms, other than those that the ruler offers                            his “family,” or those that the head of the household                            offers his wife and children.</p>
<p>Across                            the GCC and in the UAE, families also share many common                            characteristics, the first of which is an abiding dedication                            to Islam. Muslims have experienced no need for the development                            of secularism, as has the West. Indeed, Islam is not                            a “matter of religion as Westerners understand it, “                            said Mary-Jane Deeb, adjunct professor at American University. “Conservative                            Muslims see the West imposing an entire system of economic,                            political, and social values that strike at the heart                            of Islamic way of life. Westerners would consider most                            of these values secular, but to conservative Muslims                            almost nothing is secular. The Koran governs everything…”                            (Taken from Ringle, 2001). Thus in the UAE, as inother                            GCC states, Islam is normative. It is the sustaining                            force; it permeates the entire society (Patai, 1983;                            Lewis, 1990).</p>
<p>Besides                            Islam, other strands of a long, proud history are woven                            into the cloth of society. The Arabic language is one                            strand. It carries with it emotions, feelings, and thoughts,                            creating an artistic statement of sound and rhythm that                            Naguib Mahfouz describes as “searching for tunes in                            the air” (Mahfouz, 1986, p. 33). Loyalty and an emphasis                            on honor, both drawn from a simpler past, are other                            valued traits (Patai, 1983).</p>
<p>Legal                            Norms</p>
<p>As                            do many other countries, the UAE guarantees freedom                            of statement in its written constitution. Article 30                            protects “freedom of opinion and expressing it verbally,                            in writing or by other means of statement shall be guaranteed                            within the limits of the law” (Human Rights Watch, June                            1999, at www.hrw.org/ advocacy /internet/mena/uae.htm).                            Article 31 guarantees “freedom of communication by post,                            telegraph, or other means of communication and (that)                            the secrecy thereof shall be guaranteed in accordance                            with the law” (Human Rights Watch, June 1999, http://www.hrw.org/advocacy/internet/mena/uae.htm).</p>
<p>But                            it is Article 7 of the Constitution that gives an idea                            of how “accordance with the law” is defined in the UAE;                            this article declares Islam the official state religion                            and that Islamic shari’a shall be a principal source                            of legislation (Legal Profiles, Islamic Family Law http://www.law.                            emory.edu/?IF L/legal/UAE.htm). Shari’a is derived from                            principles of the Koran, explicated by Ijma, or rules                            that develop through debate and the resultant consensus                            of religious leaders (Kabbani, nd).</p>
<p>While                            controls exist, the media in the United Arab                            Emirates are relatively free, particularly                            when compared with other GCC states (U.S. Department                            of State, 2001). Federal Law 15 of 1988 requires that                            all publications be licensed with the ministry of education                            and delineates acceptable subjects of reporting. Journalists                            censor themselves on sensitive subjects such as the                            ruling family, Islam, and national security, government                            policy, religion, and relations with neighboring states.                            The information minister, a son of Sheikh Zayed, has                            been quoted as telling the media to “criticize freely,”                            though there is no evidence that journalists have complied,                            particularly with respect to Emirati rulers and their                            extended families (Al Bakry, 2001; Human Rights                            Watch, June 1999; Owais and Matthew, 2000).</p>
<p>Reporters                            have established boundaries themselves, practicing self                            censorship akin to prior restraint. “Freedom without                            responsibility may invite chaos,” Ayesha Ibrahim Sultan,                            head of the UAE journalist’s union has said. “Freedom                            and responsibility have to go hand in hand. If we separate                            them and allow total freedom, it will lead to chaos&#8230;”                            (Rahman, 2001). Freedom, then, is not absolute, it is                            limited because certain social aspects, including the                            morals and values guiding a society, must be considered                            (Rahman, 2001).</p>
<p>In                            establishing boundaries to communication, the UAE is                            no different than other societies. Under international                            law, governments can restrict information to protect                            certain interests such as national security, public                            order or health or morals in what amounts to prior restraint                            (Human Rights Watch, 1999).</p>
<p>The                            differences about what constitutes a threat to national                            security, public order or health or morals rests, as                            late Associate Justice of the United States Supreme                            Court Potter Stewart                            might have said, in the eyes of the beholder. Up and                            down the GCC, stakeholders are considering what limits                            should be. In a 1998 editorial, Abu Dhabi-based Al                            Ittihad urged people to adopt a modern cultural                            concept of freedom while practicing responsible decisions                            in real life. The paper called for the formulation of                            an Arab concept of freedom (UAE Editorials, 1998.)</p>
<p>As                            it relates to cyberspace, that formulation is the subject                            of vigorous debate. Some social forces have voiced hostility                            to the Internet or to its availability to the public                            at large. Legislators in Kuwait and elsewhere                            have denounced the Internet as a threat to local culture,                            morals, or religious sensibilities (Human Rights Watch,                            1999). Other GCC governments and their supporters have                            sounded these same themes to justify a go-slow, paternalistic                            approach to allowing public access to the Internet.</p>
<p>That                            viewpoint includes the Saudis. Saleh Abdulrahman al-&#8217;Adhel,                            the head of the King Abdul-Aziz City for Science and                            Technology, reportedly stated that the Internet presents                            &#8220;an important service in relaying and distributing                            information but also has a negative side that conflicts                            with our faith and our Arab Muslim traditions” (Associated                            Press, 12 May 1997). Worries about material considered                            offensive delayed Internet access in Saudi Arabia, where foreign                            publications are strictly controlled and censored. State                            telecom monopolies capable of blocking Net access to                            politically, socially, or culturally sensitive information                            help to keep a lid on the problem (Reuters, 1998; see                            also, Lee 2001; Associated Press, 12 May 1997; Trabelsi,                            1998).</p>
<p>The                            UAE, sensing an economic opportunity, has been more                            liberal than GCC sister states Saudi Arabia or Kuwait (Wheeler, 2000;                            see also Dubai Press Club, 2000). On 10 May 2001, General Sheikh Mohammed, Crown Prince of Dubai and                            UAE Minister of Defense speaking in rather de Tocquevillean                            terms at the launch of Dubai Media City said that:</p>
<p style="margin:5pt 0.5in;">I                            guarantee freedom of statement to all of you…. Let us                            do so responsibly, objectively and with accountability                            and in the spirit of the social and cultural context                            in which we live.</p>
<p style="margin:5pt 0.5in;">This                            freedom will allow and encourage the Arab media to return                            home, to broadcast and publish once again from Arab                            land, and contribute to this new regional media industry.</p>
<p style="margin:5pt 0.5in 12pt;">Always                            remember, the human mind, once stretched by a new idea,                            never returns to its original size. It only grows larger.                            Media has the power to effect change and evolve (Gulf                            News, 11 May 2001; for more information                            also see, Wheeler, 21 January 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">The                            Federal National Council has echoed this sentiment,                            has offered its support and has stressed the need to                            support efforts to develop policies and statement as                            provided by the constitution (Dawood, 11 January 2001).</p>
<h1 style="margin-bottom:24pt;">Regulatory Policies</h1>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Despite the advent of globalization, a uniform regulatory                            standard may be impossible with respect to cyberspace                            because, like the UAE, each country has specific cultural                            and legal imperatives driving the regulatory process                            (Ang, 1997). (Whittle, 16 May 1996; see also, Sussmann,                            2000).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">“Every culture has the right to express itself, said                            Milagros De Corral, UNESCO’s deputy assistant director                            speaking in Abu Dhabi on 23 April 2001 before the second                            International Summit on Internet and Multimedia (Wired,                            2001). But when it comes to cultural content, the problem                            is that the moment you change a character … you can                            erode something” (Wired, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Like the Roman god Janus, the debate over eroding                            values has twin faces. Decentralization of information                            is one. Deployment of information and communications                            technology facilitates decentralization of power, creating                            distributed information potentially available to all,                            including women who live a cloistered existence in many                            GCC states. (Women account for 36 percent of Internet                            subscribers, 2001; Sussmann, 2000). The second of the                            twins, globalization, raises the specter of homogenized                            values. Because of these concerns, GCC governments,                            feeling threatened by the democratization of access                            to information, have cautiously approached the spread                            of the technology (Dahan, nd).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Many policy makers around the world argue that curbs                            on freedom of statement on the internet are needed to                            protect children from harmful content, preserve religious                            values, safeguard local cultures, protect national security,                            thwart terrorists, and silence racists (Balmer, 2002).                            GCC States agree. They generally believe that community                            standards inherent in Islam, and the society into which                            Islam is inexorably woven, must be protected. Thus they                            look toward a paternalistic system, passionately arguing                            against access to certain classes of information.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">In the GCC, few officials will admit that blocking                            unwelcome political information is among their objectives                            in imposing controls on the Internet. In the Gulf countries.                            As scholars Grey E. Burkhart and Seymour E. Goodman                            have noted, pornography is &#8220;almost always first                            mentioned&#8221; when it comes to what the Internet &#8220;may                            do to national, cultural and religious values.&#8221;                            Among other issues of concern were proselytizing by                            other religions, the portrayal of un-Islamic information                            (such as the use of alcohol and drugs), and western                            norms (particularly as they relate to the role of women)                            and culture (Burkhart and Goodman, 1998 taken from Kettmann,                            24 April 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Among GCC States, Saudi Arabia has gone furthest                            in defining the scope of the material it wishes to keep                            off the Internet. Its Council of Ministers decreed that                            service providers to refrain from &#8220;carrying out                            any activities violating the social, cultural, political,                            media, economic, and religious values of the Kingdom                            of Saudi Arabia” (Burkhart and Goodman, 1998).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Officials of other countries and corporate representatives                            of ISPs in the region have also addressed the question                            of protecting cultural values. A representative of Teleyemen, Yemen&#8217;s monopoly ISP,                            told Human Rights Watch that the Teleyemen was under                            &#8220;a general requirement&#8221; to &#8220;limit access                            to information which is considered to be undesirable                            in terms of causing offence against social, religious,                            or cultural standards.&#8221; Like Saudi Arabia, Yemen filters what                            users can access through the use of a proxy server and                            &#8220;censorware” (Human Rights Watch, June 1999; Goodman                            and Burkhart, 1998; Nawar, 2000). And, the Qatar ambassador to                            the United Nations has written in 1984-esque                            language that “the high-level moralities in preventing                            the indecent and corrupt material will undoubtedly nourish                            morality at the human level. Prohibition, in this respect,                            therefore, is not deprivation but enrichment; not suppression                            but discipline, and not limitation but expansion” (Quoted                            in Sussmann, 2000).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The United Arab                            Emirates is among those who so protect its                            citizenry. The UAE filters and blocks based on content                            and also has the capacity for electronic eavesdropping                            (Human Rights Watch, June 1999; see also, Bell, 2001).                            UAE dial-up users who employ the local telephone service                            do not access the Internet directly. They dial in to                            a proxy server of Etisalat, the government telephone                            monopoly and single ISP in the country. The proxy denies                            access to web sites if the URL requested is on a list                            of banned sites, or if a content check of the site by                            the proxy server turns up objectionable material <a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote4">4</a> (See Human Rights Watch, June 1999; see also 2000                            World Press Freedom Review). Terms and conditions of                            usage permit Etisalat to terminate services if a consumer                            uses the service for a “criminal activity or unlawful                            purpose such as but not limited to vice, gambling or                            obscenity or for carrying out any activity which is                            contrary to the social, cultural, political, economical                            or religious values of the UAE” (Etisalat, 2002).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">If                            you go somewhere Etisalat believes you should not venture,                            the following message pops up.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Emirates Internet denies access to this site.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">For                            more information on Emirates Internet services <a href="http://cc.emirates.net.ae/" target="_blank">click here</a></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">When                            you click here, the message takes you to the                            “Emirates Internet &amp; Multimedia” homepage. It does                            not explain why the site was blocked.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">UAE Government officials say the sole purpose of its                            blocking policy is to eliminate pornographic sites.                            A senior official in the Ministry of Information and                            Culture told Human Rights Watch in a telephone interview                            on June 10, 1998:</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<blockquote><p>There is no restriction on the political,                              social, economic side. Politically, in the U.A.E.,                              we do not hold value for censorship, especially political                              or censorship of ideas: we don&#8217;t believe in that.                              You can access on the Internet any material, from                              Israel or anywhere.                              The whole idea [of the proxy system] was to block                              X-rated materials. You can see the first pages [of                              sexually explicit sites], but not whatever is after                              that. (Human Rights Watch, 1999).</p></blockquote>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The Etisalat staff reviews web sites, sometimes responding                            to complaints or tips from users, using broad guidelines                            focusing on the “sexually explicit” to root out objectionable                            sites. Apparently the system was set up to response                            to concerns fears of abuse by young people. A committee                            at Etisalat examines the site, verifies the pornographic                            content, and then blocks it (Human Rights Watch, June                            1999).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The official added that, although Etisalat attempts                            to block sites, the proxy filtering system was not foolproof.                            &#8220;You can get to porno,&#8221; he said, &#8220;because                            you can always just dial a foreign server. We try our                            best to limit x-rated material, but you can never really                            build a wall&#8221; (Human Rights Watch, June 1999).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">This official was correct. For those with the technical                            means and money (many of them the young people Etisalat                            sought to protect), blocking is ineffective. The Web-savvy                            can circumvent it; the petro rich can dial around it,                            reaching an ISP outside the country (Campagna, 2000).                            For those who can afford the best, Star Duo offers a                            fast satellite Internet service (“several hundred times                            faster” than the typical local ISP) for the Middle East with a footprint                            including most of the Arabian Peninsula. Such service                            is pricey. The hardware including dish and receiver                            and sundries retails at $2,635; 2Gb of download costs                            $254 per month (see Star Duo, <a href="http://www.star-duo/">www.star-duo</a>).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">UAE authorities maintain that they do not track individual                            users&#8217; online activities. Nonetheless, they retain the                            technical capability to do so if they choose, an ability                            facilitated because all dial-in users are channeled                            through a proxy server operated by this public utility                            (Human Rights Watch, June 1999). When a Gulf News staffer complained to Etisalat that some of his e-mail                            was not getting through the proxy system, he was told                            that yes, indeed, the message had left at a specific                            time to a specific individual. And Lloyd’s Bank-Dubai                            refuses to create on-line banking for its customers                            because of Etisalat-related security issues.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">If pornography is an Internet-related direct threat                            that some GCC believe might diminish Islamic society,                            another more insidious threat is the ascendancy of English                            on that media. Viewed through the lens of Islam, this                            dominance could be interpreted as a sign of Western                            imperialism (Patai, 1983). This fear is not without                            some validity. Noting the potential for damage, UNESCO                            issued a warning in 2000 regarding the possible disappearance                            of half of 6,000 existing world languages <a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote5">5</a> (Human Rights Watch, 1999). GCC Arabic speakers do                            not intend that the language of the prophet will be                            one of them. At the January 19, 2002, meeting of                            the Session of the Islamic Commission for Economic,                            Cultural and Social Affairs in Jeddah The Secretary                            General of the Organization of the Islamic Conference                            (OIC) Dr. Abdelouahed Belkeziz called for rectifying                            the “cultural warfare” being practiced against Islam.                            (See <a href="http://www.oic-oci.org/">http://www.oic-oci.org/</a>.)</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Internet and the news</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Because total censorship is virtually impossible once                            citizens have the means, skill, and opportunity to go                            on line, the Internet will be a catalyst for change                            for those so empowered. That is because the Internet                            evaporates distance while combining text, speech, and                            pictures in a compelling convergence of communication                            that potentiates real-time, far flung, unfiltered information                            gathering (Pool, 1990, p. 8). Such a threat will necessarily                            compel introspection on how the Arab world can resist                            the perceived “evils” of globalization on the one hand                            while modernizing on the other (Kettmann, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Government intervention and press restrictions had                            led some Arab news organizations to move their headquarters                            from states on the Arabia Peninsula to other, more                            media friendly countries. But even as this Diaspora                            developed, many who could afford it (and were so inclined)                            in the UAE and sister GCC states cast their eyes skywards,                            relying on satellite television containing foreign channels                            for alternative information. The increasing number of                            Internet users has complicated the task of control as                            a new generation explores the world at large.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Control is difficult in these circumstances. A Reuters                            report on 20 September                            2000, quoted Mohammed Al-Abbar, director general of Dubai&#8217;s Economic Department,                            as saying that the increase of satellite access and                            Internet usage makes censorship more difficult to achieve                            in the country.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">“In today&#8217;s world censorship doesn&#8217;t exist,” he said.                            “We can pick up hundreds of channels here plus the internet.                            The world is changing. We are already a global city,                            traveling the world, and we know exactly what is happening                            around the world and we cannot hope to stop, nor would                            we want to stop, whatever is happening. So censorship                            is no longer an issue {for the media}. We want the                            same freedom to operate as if a channel was in London, Atlanta or wherever&#8221;                            (Reuters, 20 November                            2000).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Fear that democratizing Internet access can undermine                            the state chokehold on information has been a significant                            factor in slowing Internet growth (Dahan, nd; see also                            Committee To Protect Journalists www.cpj.org/countrystatus;                            Reporters sans Frontières, www.rsf.fr; Human Rights                            Watch, www.hrw.org; and the U.S. State Department&#8217;s                            Country Reports on Human Rights Practices; www.state.gov///www/global/                            human_rights/hrp_ reports_mainhp.html). Despite this                            purposive foot dragging, the Internet has begun spreading.                            Pro-Internet forces in government and in the business,                            academic, and research communities, wishing to keep                            current and globally competitive, have pushed for easier                            access to online data and communications (Human Rights                            Watch, 1999; Human Rights Watch, June 1999; Dahan, 2001;                            United Nations, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">
<table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border:1.5pt outset;width:341.25pt;" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="455">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width:28%;padding:0.75pt;" width="28%" valign="top">Country</td>
<td style="width:17%;padding:0.75pt;" width="17%" valign="top">Number                                  of subscribers</td>
<td style="width:17%;padding:0.75pt;" width="17%" valign="top">Estimated                                  Number of users per account</td>
<td style="width:17%;padding:0.75pt;" width="17%" valign="top">Number                                  of internet users</td>
<td style="width:17%;padding:0.75pt;" width="17%" valign="top">Population</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Bahrain</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">35,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">3</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">105,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">645,341</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Kuwait</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">55,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">3</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">165,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">2,041,961</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Oman</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">28,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">3</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">84,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">2,622,198</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Qatar</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">25,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">3</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">75,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">769,152</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Saudi Arabia</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">190,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">3</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">575,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">22,757,092</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">United Arab Emirates</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">220,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">3</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">660,000</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:right;" align="right">2,900,000</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">sources: DIT Group, www.ditnet.co.ae; Dahan, nd; World                            Development Indicators, 2001; http://www.nua.ie/ surveys/how_                            many_online/m_east.html. * December 2000. All other                            internet user figures March 2001.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Today, every GCC country has some form of international                            connectivity. Citizens of many member countries reach                            the Internet via a national monopoly Internet Service                            Providers (ISP). About 1,664,000 persons are &#8220;online&#8221;                            in a combined population of about 31,735,754 in Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab                            Emirates. Cybercafés, which are particularly                            prevalent in the UAE, afford the Emirati public Internet                            access for an hourly fee starting from about $1.75 to                            $1.90 an hour in Dubai.<a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote6">6</a></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Most GCC countries allowing Internet access have tolerated                            freer statement online than is permitted in the local                            news media. Kuwait has permitted                            relatively unfettered online speech for the thousands                            of users in each country, even as they enforce press                            laws against print periodicals that publish &#8220;objectionable&#8221;                            material (Human Rights Watch, 1999; Human Rights Watch,                            June 1999; see also, Anderson and Eickelman, 1999).                            The Digital Freedom Network has made censored materials                            available online (Human Rights Watch, June 1999; see                            also (http://www.dfn. org/). The World Wide Web, with                            its online newspapers and radio and TV webcasting, has                            enhanced the potential diversity of news available to                            people with the means, inclination, and the training                            (Human Rights Watch, 1999).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Conferences on the information revolution top the                            list of events covered in the region as the Arab press                            seeks to fulfill its craving for Internet news. (See                            for example, A Comprehensive Guide to Middle East                            Web Sites, http://MiddleEast Directory.com.) In                            January 2002, newspapers in Egypt tub thumped                            for an exposition in Cairo described as                            the “Middle East’s biggest telecom” show; others of these exhibitions                            from the same tradeshow company were scheduled to follow                            quickly in Morocco and Iran (CommsMEA, 2002,                            or see the web site at <a href="http://www.itp.net/corporate/current/97478918465888.htm">http://www.itp.net/corporate/current/97478918465888.htm</a>).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">GCC governments have attempted to shape the Internet                            to spread positive news through public information as                            well as prevent the spread of negative information through                            regulatory policies. Every GCC government has launched                            at least one web site to get its voice heard amidst                            the clutter of alternative information sources in cyberspace.                            (See http://www.ain-al-yaqeen.com/issues/20011026/ feat9en.htm.) Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab                            Emirates web cast state radio and/or television.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Transition through self-censorship</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Access to information also has been limited by indirect                            phenomena. These have included the affordability of                            computer equipment and of Internet and phone connections;                            the condition of telecommunications infrastructure,                            including the number of telephone lines per capital                            and available bandwidth; and educational attainment                            including computer literacy<a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote7">7</a> (See for example, World Bank, 2002 or United Nations,                            2001). In many countries, like the UAE, with rapid internet                            growth, the government has encouraged advancement by                            building &#8220;backbone&#8221; telecommunications networks,                            providing initial funding; creating regulations and                            technical standards; and encouraging private investment                            through enterprise zones and tax incentives.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">There                            are many implications of affirmative policies for the                            political economy. These include weighing competing                            demands for scarce state resources, fear of losing control                            over information, and a desire to protect monopoly profits                            of state telecommunications companies (Human Rights                            Watch, June 1999). The local prices of computer equipment                            or services also deter Internet use in some countries                            of the region. Those prices may reflect government attitudes                            toward popularizing Internet use, insofar as the government                            sets, taxes or subsidizes those prices. Free market                            advocates believe that internet and telephone costs                            are probably more expensive than they might be if there                            were more competition in the region (Human Rights Watch,                            June 1999; Cost of technology harms business, 2002).</p>
<table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border:1.5pt outset;width:240pt;" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="320">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width:38%;padding:0.75pt;" width="38%" valign="top">Country</td>
<td style="width:30%;padding:0.75pt;" width="30%" valign="top">
<p style="text-align:center;" align="center">Estimated Costs</p>
<p style="text-align:center;" align="center">for 30 hours monthly</p>
</td>
<td style="width:30%;padding:0.75pt;" width="30%" valign="top">
<h6 style="text-align:center;">Internet speed</h6>
<p style="text-align:center;margin:0 0 0.0001pt;" align="center">and access                                  rating</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Bahrain</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">$42.18</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">4.1</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Kuwait</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">$32.79</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">5.7</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Oman</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">$19.99</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">4.1</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Qatar</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">$49.34</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">5.7</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Saudi Arabia</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">$69.24</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">4.1</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">United Arab                                  Emirates</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">$17.88</p>
</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">5.7</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:12pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">Dial-up                            service at maximum modem speed. Costs equal telephone                            tariff plus cost for 30 hours of monthly usage from                            ISP. This excludes initial ISP hookup charge (see http://www.middleeastdirectory.com/me-isps.htm).                            Data Development Group, World Bank. Internet speed and                            access measures the lease-line or dial-up access to                            the Internet. A rating of 1 means that speed is slow                            and access expensive; a rating of 7 means speed is fast                            and access as inexpensive in the world. See individual                            country tables developed by The World Bank Group, http://www.worldbank.org/data/                            countrydata/ictglance.htm.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Network bottlenecks have also played a role. One inconsistency                            of the global economy is the skewed distribution of                            information technology. But the disparity may be most                            striking when it comes to communications bandwidth.                            the basic information carrying capacity of a network                            to transmit phone calls and bits of data (Anderson,                            1997; Romero, 2001; see also Dodge and Kitchin, 2001).                            Generally speaking, the Middle East and the GCC                            are bandwidth impaired. This impairment means that multimedia                            is slow, if not impossible, to download (For example,                            see Dodge and Kitchin, pps. 23-24, 27, 32). (Star duo,                            a satellite Internet-based service, estimates the average                            download speed of a typical Middle Eastern ISP at an                            8Kbps average). The emergence of information haves and                            have-nots is a pressing concern for all governments.                            Government could help diffuse information if public                            policy levels the playing field (Walters, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Another factor inhibiting Internet growth in the region                            is the continuing dominance of English-language materials.                            Part of the problem is that there is friction is caused                            by frayed ego connected with use of indigenous language.                            But the largest impediment is not knowing a second language.                            While the volume of material in Arabic is growing and                            the Arabic software available for browsing the Web is                            improving, the many users who do not read English remain                            at a distinct disadvantage in their ability to access                            online resources (Human Rights Watch, 1999; see also,                            Trabelsi, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">The                            UAE, particularly the Emirate of Dubai, has attempted                            to draw technologically based business to its dunes,                            creating enterprise zones built on the duty-free model. Media City and Internet City, built from                            scratch in the urban sprawl north of the Dubai on the road                            to Abu Dhabi, have had some                            success drawing media businesses and internet related                            business to their gleaming glass buildings. In late                            January 2002, Dubai Media City listed 58 partners                            in 7 different business categories (Broadcasting, Communication,                            Music, New Media, Publishing, Production, and Post Production)                            on its campus, including well-know concerns such as                            Aranet. Asianet, e-Promoseven, the largest communications                            company in the Arab world; Lowe Lintas Partners Middle                            East North Africa; Reuters; Saudi Research and Publishing                            Company; and Sony Broadcast &amp; Professional. In late                            January 2002, Dubai Internet City had about 255                            members including industry giants such as Oracle, Microsoft,                            and VeriSign.</p>
<h1>Technology and the drive to a new economy</h1>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Attracting business with incentives to Dubai’s sand dunes                            of dreams is only one part of the puzzle. Another is                            creating business models that work for far-flung enterprises,                            such as e-business, traditional media, and trade free                            distribution centers. It is especially difficult to                            fit the puzzle pieces together within regulatory frameworks                            and the context of Islamic society.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">One up-and-running                            business model with some chance of success, at least                            among the computer literati, is the government-to-consumer                            service space. At the beginning of 2001 Dubai launched www.dubai.ae,                            a cyber gateway providing access to data and services                            for business and consumers alike. Sites developed by                            the Dubai Police, Dubai Municipality, the Department                            of Economic Development, and the Department of Health                            and Medical Services are among the government services                            now on line. A customer can pay water and electricity                            bills on line, check on (and pay) traffic fines, and                            arrange visas (Janardhan, 22 January 2002; see also, Introducing cyber lifestyle, 27 October 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Although e-government sites provide efficient, less                            expensive customer service, these sites are not the                            economic engines that will create high-paying white                            color jobs necessary for Emirati citizens. Creation                            of these knowledge-based career paths will be an entirely                            different matter.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The Arab Advisors Group (www.arabadvisors.com), a                            new economy research and consulting company, concluded                            that the potential for Internet ventures existed in                            GCC countries. It also cautioned against over optimism                            (DITnet, 24 January 2001). The group suggested that not all technology models would succeed in                            the Arab world and that online ventures should concentrate                            on aggregating groups across the region, rather than                            concentrating upon individual countries (DITnet, 24 January 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">If aggregating is to occur and technology is to be                            the driving force, conflicts between the new economy                            and its values, and Islamic society and its values,                            must be resolved, So, too, must intellectual property                            issues (patents, trademarks, copyright, and employee                            agreements) be addressed (Arab Legal Systems in Transition,                            6 April 2001). Because information is a primary ingredient                            of the thoughts, ideas, and opinions driving technologically                            inclined economies, the tension between the private                            sector need for profit and public social responsibility                            in an Islamic society must be resolved (Nawar, 2000).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Internet companies face obstacles that other businesses                            have not had to face. Nations might subject international                            Internet content to national laws. However, doing this                            could stifle e-business development, particularly if                            fines, asset seizures, imprisonment, and even death,                            are possible penalties (Hughes, 2001, p. 35). Because                            of the multiplicity of laws in the region, materials                            on the Internet, while perfectly legal in the country                            of origin, could innocently violate civil and criminal                            laws in one of the countries (Hughes, 2001, p. 37).                            Faced with such “chilling” choices, many businesses                            would withdraw from the playing field.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">
<table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border:1.5pt outset;width:253.5pt;" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="338">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width:33%;padding:0.75pt;" width="33%" valign="top">Country</td>
<td style="width:15%;padding:0.75pt;" width="15%" valign="top">Internet                                  effects on business</td>
<td style="width:15%;padding:0.75pt;" width="15%" valign="top">Highly                                  skilled IT job market</td>
<td style="width:19%;padding:0.75pt;" width="19%" valign="top">Government                                  online services</td>
<td style="width:15%;padding:0.75pt;" width="15%" valign="top">Laws                                  relating to ICT use</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Bahrain</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.6</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.8</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.6</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Kuwait</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">6.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Oman</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.6</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.8</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.6</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Qatar</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">6.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">Saudi Arabia</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.6</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.8</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.6</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">3.8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">United Arab Emirates</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">6.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">United States</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">4.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">6.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.1</td>
<td style="padding:0.75pt;" valign="top">5.3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:12pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">Internet                            effects on business measures the extent that the Internet                            has improved firms abilities to coordinate with customers                            and suppliers to reduce inventory costs. Highly skilled                            IT job market means the availability of highly skills                            technology workers in industry. Government online services                            measures the availability of on-line government services.                            Laws relating to ICT use measures the efficacy of laws                            relating to electronic commerce, digital signatures,                            and consumer protection. The scores range from 1 (the                            worst) to 7 (the best). See individual country tables                            developed by The World Bank Group, <a href="http://www.worldbank.org/data">http://www.worldbank.org/data</a> countrydata/ictglance.htm.</p>
<p>Not                            even the wariest GCC government today wishes to be seen                            as anti-Internet. Thus many countries up and down (and                            around) the Peninsula are working                            on their own IT initiatives. Bahrain is, Egypt is, Jordan is, and so too                            is Kuwait (Kuwait plans a Technology Village, 2002; Liberalization                            much be country-specific, 2002; Bahrain studying telecom                            deregulation, 2002). But even the most liberal along                            the Arabian penninsula are concerned about technology’s                            effects.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">At home in the UAE, Internet growth is mostly connected                            to commercial activity rather than to political or educational                            institutions because community leaders believe that                            the internet and the businesses that it spawns roll                            on the wave of the future (Anderson and Eickelman, 1999).                            Yet, Arabs must take &#8220;a technological leap&#8221;                            if they are to catch up with the IT advances of industrial                            nations, noted Raafat Rawdan, chair of the Egyptian                            Council of Ministers’ Information and Decision Support                            Center. &#8220;There&#8217;s no time to lose. E-commerce in                            the Arab world amounts to around $40 million &#8211; that                            is just 0.01 percent of the world total,&#8221; concluded                            Khaled Abu Ismail, head of the General Union of Arab                            Chambers of Commerce, Industry and Agriculture (Middle                            East News Online, 18 December 2001) Ihsan Bu-Hulaiga,                            a member of Saudi Arabia&#8217;s Shura (Consultative) Council,                            said Arab nations should &#8220;take a strategic view                            of IT&#8221; (Middle East News Online, 18 December 2001).                            Elias Ghantous, secretary general of the General Union                            of Arab Chambers of Commerce, noted however that the                            Arab world &#8220;would not be starting from scratch.                            Most Arab countries have become aware of the importance                            of a digital economy&#8221; (Middle East News Online, 18 December 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The direction that the UAE will take for this new                            economy lands on a different point on the compass. By                            purchasing the latest technology, the UAE and sister                            GCC states have leapfrogged the relatively long periods                            of incubation experienced elsewhere. Nonetheless, purchase                            of foreign equipment and expertise is one thing. Development                            of local equipment and expertise is quite another. It                            will require a close look at raft of issues, not the                            least of which is Intellectual Property (copyright,                            patents, and trademarks), the grist of the knowledge-based                            economy mill.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Some observers believe that GCC countries must adapt                            their public policies if they are to fully benefit from                            the knowledge economy. If human capital is the key to                            the future, protecting that future requires protecting                            that knowledge (Smith, 2001). Much must be done. Up                            and down and across Peninsula, all nations,                            except for Kuwait, have a copyright                            law. While these laws define protected classes of works,                            separable bundles of rights and privileges of authors,                            moral rights, fair use, registration procedures, and                            punishment for infringing the law, many legal specifics                            vary from country to country. Terms of copyright differ,                            as do registration processes and punishment. In some                            countries, punishment includes criminal penalties.</p>
<p style="text-align:right;margin:0 0 0.0001pt;" align="right">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Trademark law, too, is in a state of flux and needs                            updating and uniformity along with copyright and trademark                            regulations if the GCC countries want to aggregate into                            a uniform marketplace (Hassan, 2001). Countries like Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia have restrictions                            preventing registration of pork and alcoholic products. Kuwait, Oman, and the UAE                            are signatories to WTO standards. Qatar is not. GCC                            countries have different registration processes that                            differ in several key areas, including the process of                            publication and time limits to oppose registration.                            In Saudi Arabia people who have                            their pictures taken retain some rights over use of                            their images.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The Internet and the products that fuel its growth                            are viewed as the wave of the future (Anderson, 1997). Some                            believe that the Internet offers opportunity in which                            people in this area can be competitive on price, quality,                            and access (Anderson, 1997). Indeed,                            the UAE is among the world&#8217;s 20 most connected countries                            and is also a leader in the Arab world in information                            technology investment (Gulf News, 9 May 2001; see also World                            Bank, 2001; United Nations, 2001 World Development Indicators).                            Internet &amp; Multimedia, the Internet arm of Etisalat,                            touts an exhilarating growth rate since the service                            began in 1995 (http://www. emirates.net.ae). <a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote8">8</a> Besides home hookups, the country has numerous Cybercafés, government ministries maintain                            web sites, local governments have begun an online drive                            to make services more efficient, and the Emirates Center for Strategic                            Studies and Research has identified the communication                            revolution as a principal target area for research.                            (See www.ecssr.ac.ae; see also, Human Rights Watch,                            1999; see also, various issues of the Gulf News.)</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">To attract media enterprises, the UAE has begun minimizing                            media restrictions. In November of 2001, H.H. Sheikh                            Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, Crown Prince of Dubai                            and United Arab Emirates Defense Minister, announced                            that the UAE wanted to guarantee international news                            organizations the freedom needed to conduct their work                            without restrictions and limitations (Reuters, 2001).                            He also said that Arab media organizations, that left                            the country because of governmental restrictions, would                            be able to &#8220;return home, to broadcast and publish                            once again from Arab land….&#8221; Al Maktoum, however,                            also emphasized that in having this freedom, media organizations                            would be held accountable for their reporting (Reuters, 7 November 2000; see also, Trabelsi,                            2001). Apparently his words have worked. MBC has scheduled                            a move from London to Dubai in June of 2002.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Sheikh Mohammed had made his remarks at a conference                            marking the creation of the new Dubai Media City (DMC),                            which began with an initial funding of $817 million.                            Currently being completed on the outskirts of Dubai, the DMC has                            been described as &#8220;a media hub for the region&#8221;                            and a global communications link (Kettmann, 2001). In                            addition to the initial round, the emirate of Dubai has invested                            additional funds, amounting to billions of dollars in                            the Dubai Internet City and Dubai Media City, a free zone                            for media and IT concerns. Arab banks, with assets exceeding                            $552 billion, are expected to pump even more money into                            closing the “digital divide&#8221; (Trabelsi, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">According to the master plan, DMC was designed to                            benefit news and media organizations functioning from                            the site. DMC and news organizations on its grounds                            were not subject to many government restrictions or                            intervention. As a sop to potentially squeamish foreign                            investors, the DMC has its own printing, publishing                            and licensing rules and can allow complete foreign ownership                            so that organizations can be self-reliant and independent                            of political pressure. Both domestic and international                            media organizations located in the DMC were to have                            a 50 year-tax exemption and access to equipment and                            other facilities available at DMC. The great hope was                            that others would join Microsoft and Oracle and MasterCard                            on site (Reuters, 20 September 2000).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Next to the DMC are two other projects in the free                            zone area: the Dubai Internet City (DIC) and the Dubai                            Idea Oasis (DIO).<a href="http://us.f110.mail.yahoo.com/ym/#ENote9">9</a> The DIC was the region’s first information technology                            zone and has been viewed by Sheikh Mohammed as a project                            that would benefit Dubai’s economy. In                            September 2001, an estimated 95 per cent of the DIC                            area had already taken. According to chief executive,                            Ahmed bin Bayat around 500 companies would be relocating                            to DIC by 2002, many of which will be moving from Europe                            to Dubai (2000 World Press Freedom Review, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Idea Oasis was designed to work with private sector                            companies to create an environment in which start-ups                            could access the necessary advisory services and venture                            capital that have been crucial to the success of start-ups                            in the Silicon Valley. No private                            company would be permitted to own more than a 7 percent                            stake in Idea Oasis. Although the government of Dubai has taken the                            initiative in creating Idea Oasis, preliminary plans                            called for privatized in approximately two years with                            an ambitious public offering presumably on the Dubai                            Financial Market (Issa, 2001).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">The main aim of DMC, DIC, and DIO is to create a clustered                            economy comprising educators, incubator companies, logistic                            companies, multimedia businesses, telecommunication                            companies, remote service providers, software developers,                            and venture capitalists, in one place. The hope is to                            create a critical mass for the new economy (Arabiata,                            2002). Arab officials and experts recognize the urgency                            of narrowing the digital gap between Arab nations and                            their industrialized counterparts. The digital gap that                            separates many GCC countries from industrial nations                            is huge and could widen if governments do not take proper                            steps.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Governments in the area should be talking about market-building.                            Markets are the tools to enfranchise people. Previously                            governments employed people themselves in essentially                            make work jobs, but these economies are outdated. Area                            governments must create a framework to help out while                            making more productive use of available resources (Holloway                            and Dolan, 2002). (See http://www. arabadvisors. com/pressquotation.htm.)                            GCC countries are full of the “young and the potentially                            restless” with many people looking for work in economies                            that, on the whole, are at a standstill. The pressure                            of demographics suggest that something must be done                            quickly because the region’s labor force is growing                            by 3 to 4 percent yearly, the fastest growth rate in                            the world. In some places, living conditions have stagnated                            giving rise to potential political problems (Holloway                            and Dolan, 2002).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Thus the private sector must move quickly to combine                            responsiveness to old values with the need for intelligent                            growth. Where that growth might come from is a potentially                            vexing and explosive problem. Good jobs that pay well                            are an imperative because all the UAE children of this                            generation have known is the good life; many are unprepared                            to enter the job market; and some would seriously object                            to entering the workforce at the low end of the pay                            scale. Employing Nationals is a stated government goal                            in the UAE. While this necessitates the entry of women                            into the labor pool, women are also imbued with the                            “duty” of having children to provide the army of workers                            to replace the foreign workers forced from their jobs.                            The delicate balance of these dual policies will create                            stresses for a whole generation of young women as they                            struggle to combine motherhood with career.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">These are among the many contradictions that must                            be resolved by policy-makers in the United Arab                            Emirates and the other modern Islamic states                            as they search for tunes in the air. The tunes they                            find must be neither the traditional Arabic melodies,                            nor the electronic hum of computers, but rather a hybrid                            composition weaving together the two strands of traditional                            culture and modern technology. If they fail to find                            this compromise, Sheikh Mohammed Rashid Bin Al Maktoum                            and his descendents may witness the sand reclaim their                            technological cities and the dessert reclaim their people</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<hr />
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">Notes</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">1 Purchasing power parity allows for comparison of                            economic data without using exchange rates. PPP are                            estimates derived from the relative price in different                            countries and reflect the rate at which currencies can                            be converted to purchase equivalent goods and services.                            Michelle A. Vachris and James Thomas, International                            price comparisons based on purchasing power party, Monthly                            Labor Review, October, 122(10):3-12.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">2 The Indian Ocean Rim Network                            describes the history and the role of the majlis in                            Emriati society thusly</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<blockquote><p>The ruler of an emirate, the sheikh, was the leader                                of the most powerful, though not necessarily the                                most populous, tribe, while each individual tribe,                                and often its various sub-sections, also generally                                had a chief or sheikh. Such rulers and chiefs maintained                                their authority only insofar as they were able to                                retain the loyalty and support of their people,                                in essence a form of direct democracy, though without                                the paraphernalia of western forms of suffrage.                                Part of that democracy was the unwritten but strong                                principle that the people should have free access                                to their sheikh, and that he should hold a frequent                                and open majlis, or council, in which his fellow                                tribesmen could voice their opinions</p>
<p>…, a fascinating aspect of life in the UAE today,                                and one that is essential to an understanding of                                its political system, is the way in which the institutions                                of the majlis has continued to maintain its relevance.                                In large emirates, not only the ruler, but also                                a number of other senior members of his family,                                continue to hold open majlises (or majalis), in                                which participants may raise for a son or daughter                                to go abroad, to more weighty subjects such as the                                impact of large-scale foreign immigration upon society                                or complaints about perceived flaws in the practices                                of various ministries and departments.</p>
<p>In smaller emirates, the majlis of the ruler himself,                                or of the crown prince or deputy ruler, remain the                                main focus. The Ruler of Fujairah, for example,                                holds an open majlis at least once a week (daily                                during the Muslim holy fasting month of Ramadan),                                which may be attended by both citizens and expatriates.                                To these majlises come traditionally minded tribesmen                                who may have waited several months for the opportunity                                to discuss with their ruler directly, rather than                                choose to pursue their requests or complaints through                                a modern government structure.</p>
<p>In modern society, of course, as President Sheikh                                Zayed himself has commented, it is naturally easier                                for a ruler to go to meet his people than for them                                to come to meet him. Sheikh Zayed frequently travels                                within the UAE, providing opportunities for him                                to meet with citizens away from the formal surroundings                                of an office or palace. During his regular inspection                                tours of projects, he also takes pains to ensure                                that citizens living nearby are guaranteed easy                                access to him.</p>
<p>Just as the modern institutions have developed in                                response to public need and demand, however, so                                the traditional forms of tribal administration have                                adapted. With many relatively routine matters now                                being dealt with by the modern institutions, so                                the traditional ones, like the majlis, have been                                able to focus on more complex issues rather than                                on the routine matters with which they were once                                heavily involved.</p>
<p>In                                the majlises, for example, it is possible to hear                                detailed, and often heated, discussions between                                sheikhs and other citizens on questions such as                                the policy that should be adopted towards the evolution                                of the machinery of government, or the nature or                                relations with neighbouring countries. On matters                                more directly affecting the individual, such as                                the highly relevant topic of unemployment among                                young UAE graduates, debates often tend to begin                                in the majlises, where discussion can be fast and                                furious, before a consensus approach evolves that                                is subsequently reflected in changes in government                                policy (taken from http://www.iornet.org/newiornet/uae2.htm).</p></blockquote>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;">3 Platform for                            Internet Content Selection. See www.w3.org/pub/WWW/PICS.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">4 Etislat, the state ISP monopoly, says this about                            their system. “A proxy server is basically a server                            with huge amount of disk space for web-caching. The                            concept is simple-when a web page is requested, it is                            saved to the disk of the Proxy Sever. If the same web                            page is requested again, the disk copy is used. In a                            proxy server set up, users request pages from a local                            server instead of direct from the source. The local                            server gets the page, saves it on the disk and forwards                            it to the user. Subsequent requests from other users                            of the cache get the saved copy, which is much faster                            and does not consume Internet bandwidth. It is used                            to filter sites which are not allowed to view according                            to UAE rules and regulations” (http://cc.emirates.net.ae/).</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">5 One 1997 survey of languages on the Web indicate                            that materials in English account for more than 80 percent                            of content. See, for example, &#8220;Web Languages Hit                            Parade,&#8221; June 1997 (http://babel.alis.com:8080/                            palmares.en.html), compiled by the Babel Team, a joint                            initiative of Alis Technologies and the Internet Society.                            Arabic material accounts for only a tiny fraction of                            the remainder. See &#8220;Expert Calls for Promotion                            of Arabic on Internet,&#8221; Xinhua news agency, December 30, 1998. Taken from                            Human Rights Watch, 1999.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">6 See for example, Backpackers Café, http://www.backpackerscafe.com/midleeast.html;                            CyberCafe’s, http://www.indranet.com/potpourri/links/cybercafe.html;                            World of Internetcafes.de, http://www.worldofinternetcafes.de/index.html.                            The latter lists Kuwait with 4, Oman with 2, Qatar,                            with 2, Saudi Arabia, 4; the UAE, with 5; and Yemen,                            with 3.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">7 Bandwidth is the amount of data that can flow over                            a network in a fixed amount of time. Low bandwidth creates                            a bottleneck in data flow. The more graphics, animation,                            and sound, the greater the bandwidth demands. See Anderson, 1997.)</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">8 Etisalat has an Internet timeline available at http://www.emirates.net.ae.</p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;">9 Establishing these is LAW NO. (1) OF 2000 OF DUBAI TECHNOLOGY,                            ELECTRONIC COMMERCE &amp; MEDIA FREE ZONE. See http://www.dubaiinternetcity.com                            /pages/diclaw/ diclaw.asp?mcode=239&amp;level=1.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom:12pt;">
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><strong><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><strong><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><strong><span style="font-family:&quot;">References</span></strong><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Abu                            Ghazaleh. (2002). Copyright Law of the UAE. http://www.agip.com                            /laws/uae/c.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Aizu, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">I.</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> (1997). Social, legal, and policy issues around Internet                            in </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Asia</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Asia</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Network Research.                            For PAN Meeting, 1997.6.10. See http://www.panasia.org.sg/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Al                            Bakay, A. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">24 October 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Media Told to Exercise Freedom. <em>Gulf News</em>, Section 1, p. 3. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Anderson,                            J. (1997). The Internet and the </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Commerce Brings                            Region On-Line, </span><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Executive Reports</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">, <em>20</em>(12),. www.georgetown. edu/research/arabtech/meer97.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Anderson</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, J.W., and Eickelman,                            D.F. (March-April 1999). Focus on the New Media, </span><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Insight</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">, <em>14</em>(2):59-61. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Ang,                            P.H. (1997). How Countries are regulating Internet Content.                            www.cad.ntu-kpi.kiev.au/events/inet97/B1/B1_HTM. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Arab                            Legal Systems in Transition. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">6 April 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Center for                            Contemporary Arab Studies. Symposium. http://www.ccasonline.org/Symposium2001/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Arabiata.                            (2002). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dubai</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Internet</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">City</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. http://www.arabiata.com/Services/cc.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Associated                            Press, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">12 May 1997</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. Taken from                            Susan Gavi , <em>Online Journalism Review</em>, Crossing                            Censorship Boundaries, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">24 November 1999</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, located at                            http://ojr.usc.edu/content/story.cfm?request=283#1. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Bahrain</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> studying telecom                            deregulation. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">22 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). <em>Gulf News</em>, on-line edition. www. Gulfnews.com/Articles/News.asp?ArticleID=38547. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Balmer,                            C. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">22 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Pope Says                            Internet “Wonderful” but Needs Requlating. Reuters.                            http://www.reuters.com/news_article.jhtml?type=internetnews                            &amp;StoryID=534471. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Bell</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, T.W. (2001).                            <em>Internet Privacy and Self Regulation: Lessons from                            the Porn Wars</em>. Cato Institute Briefing Papers, No.                            65. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Bryant,                            C. (1995). Civic Nation, Civil Society, Civil Religion                            in J. Hall<em>, Civil Society: Theory, History, Comparison</em>, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Cambridge</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Massachusetts</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Polity Press,                            pp. 136-157. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Burkhart,                            G., and Goodman, S. (March,1998). The Internet Gains                            Acceptance in the </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Persian Gulf</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, Communications                            of the ACM, 41(3):19-25 Downloadable at </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/272287.272290 </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Campagna,                            J. (2001). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> and North Africa                            2000: Regional Overview. CPJ,. www.cpj.org/attacks00/mideast00/mideast.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">CCPJ.                            (2002). Internet Censorship Report. www.cfje.org/publicaztions/internet. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">CNN                            Interactive. (22 May 1997). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Islam</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Iran</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, and the Internet.                            http://www.cnn.com/ WORLD/9705/22/iran.tech/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">CIA.                            (2001). <em>The World Factbook 2001</em>. http://www.cia.gov/cia/publications/factbook/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Committee                            to Protect Journalists. (2000). The </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Gulf States</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Saudi Arabia</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Kuwait</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, and Others. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> and North Africa                            2000. http://www.cpj.org/index.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">CommsMEA</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (January 2002).                            The </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">’s biggest telecoms                            show, <em>12</em>(1): 24. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Cost                            of technology harms business. (January 2002). <em>CommsMEA</em>,                            <em>12</em>(1):1. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dahan,                            M. (nd ). Internet Usage in the </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Some Political                            and Social Implications. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Virtual Community.                            http://www.mevic.org. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dawood,                            A. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">11 January 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). FNC declares                            support for freedom of the media. <em>Gulf News</em>. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Diamond,                            L. (1994). Rethinking Civil Society: Toward Democratic                            Consolidation. <em>Journal of Democracy</em>, <em>5</em>(3):4-17. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">DITnet.                            (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">2 January 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Arab world                            ready for “serious” online ventures, says research.                            www.Ditnet.co.ae/itnews/newsJan2001/48html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dodge,                            M., and Kitchin, R. (2001). <em>Atlas of Cyperspace</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Addison-Wesley. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Donnell,                            G., and Schmitter, P. (1986). <em>Transitions from Authoritarian                            Rule: Tentative Conclusions about Uncertain Democracies</em>, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Baltimore</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Maryland</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Johns</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Hopkins</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">University</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Press. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dudaiinc.                            (2001). Facts and Figures. http://www.dubaiinc.com/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dubai</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Press Club.                            (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">5 November 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dubai</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Launches its </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Media</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">City</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. www.dpc.org.ae. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Essoulami, S. (2001). The Press in the Arab World:                            100 years of suppressed freedom.www.cmfena.org/magazine/features/100_years.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Etisalat.                            (2002). Terms and Conditions. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Freedom                            House. (2001). <em>Press Freedom Survey 2001</em>. http://www.freedomhouse.org. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Gartner,                            J. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">14 November 2000</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). It’s Sheik                            to Be Techie. <em>Wired</em>, http://www.wired.com/news/print/0,1294,40167,00.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Geremek, B. (1992). Civic Society Then and Now. <em>Journal                            of Democracy</em>, <em>3</em>(2):3-12.</span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Gulf                            News</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (9 May 2001). Internet summit to focus on cultural diversity. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Gulf                            News</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (11 May 2001). Power of ideas and media. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Gulf                            News</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">22 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Al Tayer praises Etisalat’s great role. <em>Gulf News</em> online. www.Gulfnews.com/Articles/News.asp/ArticleID=38545. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Hassan,                            D. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">10 December 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Reforms in                            GCC policies Urgent. <em>Gulf News</em>, Section 1, p.                            9. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Holloway,                            N. and Dolan, K.A. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">7 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Why the </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> doesn’t work.                            Forbes.com, http://www.forbes.com/global/2002/0107/072_print.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Hughes,                            C.J. (September 2001). E-Biz by the Books. <em>Silicon                            Alley Reporter</em>, <em>47</em>:35. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Human Development Indicators</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (2001). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: United Nations                            Development Program.</span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Human                            Rights Watch. (June 1999). <em>The Internet in the </em></span><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> and </span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">North Africa</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Free statement                            and Censorship </span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">http://www.hrw.org/advocacy/internet/mena/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Human                            Rights Watch. (1999). Freedom of statement on the Internet.                            www.hrw.org/wr2k/Issues-04.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">International                            Constitutional Law. (nd). http://www.uni-wuerzburg.de/law/info.html.</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">International                            Press Review. (2000). <em>2000 World Press Review</em>:                            <em>UAE. </em>www.freemedia.at/wpfr/uae.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Introducing                            cyber lifestyle. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">27 October 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). <em>Gulf News</em>, Special Report, Section 1, p. 3. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">IPR.                            (2001). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">United Arab Emirates</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. www.infoprod.co.il/country/uae2a.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Issa,                            N. (2001). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dubai</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Technology,                            E-Commerce and Media Free Zone. http://www.eworldreports.com/viewarticle.asp?ArticleID=364. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Janardhan, M. S. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">22 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">United Arab                            Emirates</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> e-government service gets Glowing                            reviews. Digital Freedom Network, from Inter Press Service. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Kabbani,                            Shaykh Hisham Muhammad. (nd). Questions on IJMA’ (Consensus),                            <em>Taqlid</em> (Following Qualified Opinion), and <em>Ikhtilaf                            Al-Fuqaha&#8217;</em> (Differences of the Jurists). As-Sunna                            Foundation of </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">America</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. http://www.sunnah.org/fiqh/ijma.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Kettmann, S. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">10                            June 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Oil Realm Embraces a Wired Economy. <em>New York                            Times</em>, Late edition, Section 3, page 7. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Kettmann,                            S. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">21 April 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Abu Dhabi</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> does the net.                            <em>Wired</em>. http://www.wired. com/news/ culture/0,1284,42633,00.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Kuwait</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> plans </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Technology</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Village</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">22 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). <em>Gulf News</em>,                            on-line edition, www.gulfnews.com/Articles/news.asp?ArticleID=38548. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Lee,                            J. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">19 November 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Companies                            Compete to Provide Internet Veil for the Saudis. <em>New                            York Times</em>, Late Edition &#8211; Final, Section C, Page                            1, Column 2. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Lewis,                            R. (September 2000). The Roots of Muslim Rage. <em>The </em></span><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Atlantic</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Monthly online</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. www.theatlantic.com/issues/90sep/rage.htm. Originally from <em>The Atlantic                            Monthly</em>, <em>266</em>(3):47-60. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Liberalization                            must be country-specific. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">22 January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). <em>Gulf News</em>, on-line edition. www.gulfnews.com/Articles/News.asp?ArticleID=38546. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Library                            of Congress. Nd. United Arab Emirates – A Country Study.                            http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ frd/cs/ aetoc.html#ae0052. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Mahfouz,                            M. (1986). <em>The Beggar</em>. Translated by Kristin                            Walker Henry and Nariman Khales Haili al-Warraki. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Cairo</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Egypt</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: The </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">American</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">University</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> in </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Cairo</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Press. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle                            East News online. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">18 December                            2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Originally from </span><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Tehran</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Times</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. http://www.middleeastwire.com/science/stories/20011218_meno.shtml. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Nawar, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">I.</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> (2000). Freedom of statement in the Arab World. Aspen                            Institute Conference on Freedom of statement, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Wye</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">River</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, May 30 – </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">June 1, 2000</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Guillermo                            O&#8217;Donnell and Philippe Schmitter. (1986). <em>Transitions                            from Authoritarian Rule: Tentative Conclusions about                            Uncertain Democracies</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Baltimore</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Maryland</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Johns </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Hopkins</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Owais,                            R., and Matthew, A.P. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">5 November 2000</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Media</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">City</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> launched as                            beacon of creativity. <em>Gulf News</em> online. http://www.gulfnews.com/Articlesv                            /News.asp?ArticleID=1898. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Patai,                            R. (1983). <em>The Arab Mind</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Charles Scribner’s                            Sons, pps. 307-313. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Pool,                            Ithiel da Sola. (1990). <em>Technologies without Boundaries</em>, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Cambridge</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Massachusetts</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Harvard</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">University</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Press. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Price,                            M. and Krug, P. (2000). <em>The Enabling Environment                            for Free and Independent Media</em>. Programme in Comparative                            Media Law &amp; Policy. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Oxford</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">England</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Oxford</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">University</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Rahman,                            S. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">1 May 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Media Freedom                            without responsibility ‘may invite chaos.’ <em>Gulf News.</em> </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Reuters.                            (6 May 1998). Leery Saudis Get Wired. Taken from <em>Wired</em>,                            http://www.wired. com/news/politics/0,1283,12131,00.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Reuters.                            (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">20 September 2000</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Taken from                            2000 World Press Review, http://www.freemedia.at/wpfr/uae.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Reuters.                            (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">7 November 2000</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Taken from                            2000 World Press Review, http://www.freemedia.at/wpfr/uae.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Ringle,                            K. (23 October 21). The Crusaders’ Giant Footprints:                            After a Millennium, Their Mark Remains. </span><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Washington</span></em><em><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Post</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">, Page C01. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Romero,                            S. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">10 December 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Compressed                            Data; Tight Bandwidth Snarls Web Traffic in </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. <em>New York                            Times</em>, Late Edition &#8211; Final, Section C, Page 4,                            Column 1. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Smith,                            E.A. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">6 April 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). <em>Copyright                            and the Information Revolution in the Arab World</em>.                            <em>Arab Legal Systems in Transitions</em>, Center for                            Contemporary Arab Studies. Edmund A. Walsh School of                            Foreign Service, Georgetown University, Symposium 2001,                            April 6, 2001. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Star-duo.                            (2002). Satellite Internet service provider in the </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Middle East</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. www.star-duo.com/prices.me.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Sussman,                            L. R. (2000). <em>The Internet and Press Freedom 2000</em>.                            Freedom House: Press Survey 2000. www.freedomhouse.org/pfs2000/sussman.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Trabelsi,                            H. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">17 November 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Technology:                            Arab ministers alarmed by digital gap with West. <em>Nando                            Times</em>, from Agence France-Pressee, http://www.nando.net/technology/story/172634p-1,                            669862c.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Trabelsi,                            H. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">15 July 1998</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Saudis Near                            End of Seven-Year Wait To Surf the Net. Agence France-Presse,                            taken from Human Rights Watch,<strong> </strong>The Internet In                            the Middle East and </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">North Africa</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: A Cautious                            Start, 2001, http://www.hrw.org/advocacy/internet/mena/int-mena.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">UAE                            Editorials: Zayed’s talk to FNC stresses freedom of                            statement. www.uaeinteract.com/uaeint_main/newsreport/19980106.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Ullman,                            E. (1997). <em>Close to the Machine: Technopilia and                            its Discontents</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">San Francisco</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">California</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: City Lights                            Books, </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Underhill,                            P. (1999). <em>Why We Buy: The Science of Shopping</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: Simon &amp;                            Schuster. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">United                            Nations. (2001). <em>Human Development Report.</em> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">New York</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: United Nations.                            Downloadable as a pdf file at http://www.undp.org/hdr2001/. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">U.S.</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Department of                            State. (February 2001). Country Report on Human Rights                            Practices 2000 – United Arab Emirates. http://www.unher.com/.                            Also at www.humanrights-usa.net/repo45w/unitedarabemirates.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Walters,                            Gregory J. (2001). <em>Human Rights in an Information                            Age</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Toronto</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Canada</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">University</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> of </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Toronto</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> Press. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Wapner,                            P. (1995). Politics Beyond the State: Environmental                            Activism and World Civic Politics, <em>World Politics</em>,                            <em>47</em>:311-340. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Wheeler,                            J. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">25 November 2000</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dubai</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> sheikh pioneers                            online chat. BBC News Online: World: Middle East. www.bbc.co/uk./low/english/world/middle_                            east/newsid_ 1040000/1040672.stm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Wheeler,                            J. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">21 January 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Dubai</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> launches </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Media</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">City</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">. BBC News Online:                            World: Middle East. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Whittle,                            R. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">21 May 1966</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Internet censorship                            and PICS in 900 Words. <em>The Australian</em>. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><em><span style="font-family:&quot;">Wired</span></em><span style="font-family:&quot;">. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">23 April 2001</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). Preserving                            Culture on the Net. <em>Wired</em>, http://www.wired.                            com/news/culture/0,1284,43217,00.html. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">World                            Bank. (2002). <em>ICT at a Glance Indicators</em>. </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Washington</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">, </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">D.C.</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">: World Bank. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 12pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">World                            Press Freedom Review. (2001). <em>2000 World Press Freedom                            Review</em>. http://www.freemedia.at/wpfr/uae.htm. </span></p>
<p style="margin:0 0 0.0001pt;"><span style="font-family:&quot;">Za’Za’, B. (</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">8                            January 2002</span><span style="font-family:&quot;">). </span><span style="font-family:&quot;">Summit</span><span style="font-family:&quot;"> debates freedom                            of speech. Gulf News, Section 1, p. 6.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal">The authors may be contacted via email                            to <a href="mailto:tnwalters@yahoo.com">tnwalters@yahoo.com</a> and <a href="mailto:lynne-walters@tamu.edu">lynne-walters@tamu.edu</a></p>
</div>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/45/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/45/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=45&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/cyberspace-and-the-united-arab-emirates-searching-for-tunes-in-the-air/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>New Media and U.S. Foreign Policy</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/new-media-and-us-foreign-policy/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/new-media-and-us-foreign-policy/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:35:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satellite Television]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[State Television]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=60</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[William A. Rugh Based on remarks delivered at workshop on New Media and the Reconstruction of Popular Culture in the Arab World. Georgetown University Centre for Contemporary Arab Studies. May 17, 2006. During the course of the past 15 years, major changes have taken place in Arab media, principally with the emergence of Arab satellite [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=60&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><strong>William                         A. Rugh</strong><!-- #EndEditable --><span style="font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
</span><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" --><span>Based on remarks delivered at workshop                           on <em>New Media and the Reconstruction of Popular Culture                           in the Arab World</em>. Georgetown University Centre for Contemporary                           Arab Studies. May 17, 2006.</span></p>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<div class="Section1">
<p>During the course of the past 15 years, major changes                           have taken place in Arab media, principally with the emergence                           of Arab satellite television. Prior to 1990, almost all                           Arab radio and television channels were government monopolies,                           and most print media were under various forms of direct                           and indirect government influence. Arab journalists observed                           written laws, most of which contained provisions allowing                           state control of media content one way or another. They                           also observed unwritten taboos, and many practiced self-censorship.                           For many Arabs, the only alternatives to media dominated                           by their governments were foreign broadcasters such as                           the BBC, VOA &amp; Radio Monte Carlo. The most important                           exception was found in Lebanon, where the political system                           fostered newspapers representing a variety of different                           views. But the electronic media tended to be very uniform                           and controlled in each country. <a name="_ednref1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[1]</span></span></a></p>
<p>That situation began to change in the early 1990s as                           Arab satellite television stations were established, <span id="more-60"></span>first                           in Europe, which aimed at a pan-Arab viewing audience.                           Prior to that, a few daily newspapers such as al Hayat                           and al Sharq al Awsat had been established in Europe that                           catered to a pan-Arab readership, and they were somewhat                           less beholden to individual Arab governments than most                           Arab dailies. But real changes in the direction of greater                           Arab media independence from government restrictions came                           with Arab satellite television.</p>
<p>One motivation for the sponsors of the first satellite                           TV stations was a concern that television news coverage                           and commentary provided during the Gulf crisis of 1990-91                           by CNN, that many Arabs watched, carried a Western bias                           and failed to present the Arab view sufficiently. CNN                           was attractive to Arab audiences because of its rapid                           and extensive news coverage, but many Arabs found it lacking                           in sensitivity to issues and events of importance to them.                            The first Arab satellite television channels to be established                           carried a substantial amount of entertainment along with                           some news and current events. But it was the arrival in                           1996 of a new channel named al Jazeera Television that                           clearly a new era in Arab media began.</p>
<p>Although al Jazeera was sponsored and funded by the                           Government of Qatar, from the beginning it began treating                           news and commentary in a way that was different from other                           Arab TV stations. Al Jazeera quickly became popular becs                           of to three unique features. First, it specialized in                           news and current affairs 24/7, as the first Arab channel                           to do so. (ANN and al Arabiya followed later). Secondly,                           its reporters covered stories on the spot that had previously                           been covered only from a distance if at all by Arab media.                           Thus al Jazeera correspondents began reporting from inside                           Israel, breaking a taboo based on the political boycott                           of Israel observed for decades by Arab governments. Al                           Jazeera also opened a bureau in Afghanistan when the Taliban                           regime invited foreign media companies to do so. The other                           foreign media declined the Taliban invitation, so the                           al Jazeera reporters in Afghanistan developed unique contacts                           and access with the Taliban regime that turned out to                           be very valuable in the immediate aftermath of 9/11.                            Third, al Jazeera started a series of discussion, debate                           and call-in programs that tackled previously taboo subjects.                           One sign of the revolutionary nature of these discussion                           programs was that at one time or another, they antagonized                           every Arab government, leading to retaliation against                           al Jazeera by expelling its reporters or closing its bureau.                           <a name="_ednref2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[2]</span></span></a></p>
<p>As al Jazeera ran afoul of Arab governments, it built                           a strong pubic following and became the number one TV                           channel in popularity among Arab viewers. By 2003 it had                           lost its lead in some markets due to the emergence of                           other new Arab satellite TV channels such as al Arabiya,                           al Manar, and Abu Dhabi that copied its style to some                           extent, but still remained a leading player among Arab                           media.</p>
<p>The other major development in Arab media during the                             past decade or so has been the dramatic growth of the                             Internet, including not only email but websites, chat                             rooms and blogs. Use of the cellular phone also spread                             rapidly. The expansion of all of these new technical                             means of communication in several directions has substantially                             raised the amount of information flowing around the                             globe, giving more people access to information than                             they ever had before. This is certainly true in the                             Arab world, where the cell phone and satellite television                             in particular have become ubiquitous.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">American Reactions</span></p>
<p>Although American diplomats working in the Arab world                           were aware of these changes in the Arab media scene as                           they occurred, senior U.S. Government officials paid little                           attention to them as they developed during the 1990s.                           This was in part because with the end of the cold war,                           America’s overall public diplomacy effort was cut back,                           and Washington paid less attention to what the foreign                           press was saying. Public diplomacy funding and staffing                           declined during the 1990s. Then in 1999 Congress passed                           legislation which further weakened it. That legislation                           abolished the U.S. Information Agency and put the Voice                           of America under the autonomous Broadcasting Board of                           Governors, insulating it from effective State Department                           policy supervision. <a name="_ednref3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn3"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[3]</span></span></a> Another reason Washington ignored al Jazeera was that                           its programming at first did not seem to be a problem                           for the United States. In fact, some of the early criticism                           of al Jazeera by Arab governments focused on the station’s                           broadcasts of interviews with Israeli officials, constituting                           an action that those governments considered a violation                           of the Arab boycott of Israel; Washington did not object                           to the erosion of that boycott.</p>
<p>But the attack on America on 9/11 focused the attention                             of Washington officials focused on Arab satellite television.                             They did so because shortly after 9/11, al Jazeera began                             broadcasting statements by bin Ladin that made Washington                             officials suddenly aware of that station. Because the                             al Jazeera bureau had been in Afghanistan for some time,                             at first it received bin Ladin’s recorded statements                             as exclusives, and they were repeated worldwide on many                             TV channels with the al Jazeera logo in the corner.                              The shock of Americans at the 9/11 attack and their                             anger at bin Laden for perpetrating it, spilled over                             onto al Jazeera for carrying his face and his words.</p>
<p>Within weeks of 9/11, therefore, U.S. officials were                           trying to put pressure on the Government of Qatar to force                           al Jazeera to stop giving bin Ladin any publicity. In                           October 2001,U.S. Secretary of State Colin Powell personally                           complained to the ruler of Qatar, Shaikh Hamid bin Khalifa,                           that al Jazeera was helping al Qaida by broadcasting Usama’s                           messages. But Shaikh Hamad refused to comply with Powell’s                           request, responding that it was a private TV station.                           This was technically true, but ignored the fact that it                           received essential funding from the Qatari government,                           which Shaikh Hamad could probably have used to affect                           programming if he had wanted to do so.</p>
<p>The taped messages from bin Ladin continued to be broadcast,                             to the annoyance of Washington officials. In April 2004                             Colin Powell complained to the Qatari foreign minister                             that al Jazeera was inciting violence against Iraqis                             and US troops. <a name="_ednref4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn4"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[4]</span></span></a> On July 14, 2004, Secretary Powell said “Al Jazeera                             does such a horrible job of presenting the news” and                             “takes every opportunity to slant the news”.<a name="_ednref5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn5"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[5]</span></span></a> American officials in Doha continued to complain to                             the Qatari government but to no effect.</p>
<p>The Internet also attracted Washington’s attention                             as the Global War on Terror began, in particular because                             terrorist organizations like al Qaida began to devote                             their attention to it. Aside from placing occasional                             taped statements on television, terrorists found they                             did not have much success persuading the regular mainstream                             Arab media to carry their messages. They therefore began                             to rely heavily on special use internet websites and                             chat rooms, as well as email. Ayman al Zawahari and                             others see al Jazeera and other Arab satellite channels                             as hostile territory.<a name="_ednref6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn6"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[6]</span></span></a></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">Focus on </span><span style="text-decoration:underline;">Iraq</span><span style="text-decoration:underline;"> </span></p>
<p>The US-led invasion of Iraq in March 2003 and the subsequent                           occupation of that country by US and allied forces, created                           a new situation for the United States with respect to                           Arab media, for two important reasons. First, since the                           U.S. government was the senior partner in the Coalition                           Provisional Authority (CPA) that was responsible for all                           aspects of governance in Iraq from March 2003 until June                           2004, it had to make decisions directly affecting Iraqi                           media. Control of Iraqi media brought with it new responsibilities                           and the world was watching how the US handled them. Secondly,                           because it was primarily responsible for the invasion                           and occupation, the U.S. found itself with a major public                           diplomacy issue that would help define the U.S, image                           in the region and beyond.</p>
<p>The first issue – how to deal with the Iraqi media                             now that it controlled Iraq – presented a dilemma for                             the US government because on the one hand Washington                             felt some obligation to support freedom of the press                             that is a basic American tenet, but on the other hand,                             there was a natural desire to help shape Iraqi media                             in the post-Saddam era in a direction that was friendly                             to American interests. The American leadership in the                             CPA attempted to achieve both objectives. During the                             period when the U.S. was fully in charge in Iraq, between                             March 2003 and June 2004, the CPA established al Iraqiya                             Television and al Sabah daily newspaper, which were                             favored with U.S. government funding and access to information,                             in order to create media outlets that would be supportive                             of American views.</p>
<p>In order simultaneously to support freedom of the press,                             the CPA did allow the emergence of a broad array of                             all sorts of Iraqi-controlled media, which promptly                             sprang up all over the country. At the same time, the                             CPA did take action against some of the new Iraqi newspapers                             that it did not approve of. For example the CPA closed                             down al Hawza newspaper on March 28, 2004, causing a                             strongly negative Iraqi popular reaction. The CPA also                             tried to bring American ideas of regulation to Iraq                             by establishing an Iraqi media regulating body, the                             ICMC, modeled on the American Federal Communications                             Commission.</p>
<p>As for the second issue, the United States faced a new                           public diplomacy challenge raised by American invasion                           and occupation of Iraq because of the widespread Arab                           and other criticism of that decision. The US government                           watched as Arab and other media found fault with the invasion                           itself, and then after the fall of Saddam’s regime, increasingly                           criticized the occupation.</p>
<p>American official attention focused once again intently                             on Arab satellite television channels, in particular                             on al Jazeera. Washington officials quickly came to                             the conclusion that al Jazeera was presenting news and                             commentary on Iraq that Washington officials believed                             was deliberately biased against American interests.                              Al Jazeera’s news coverage of events in Iraq was indeed                             different from the reporting of American journalists                             “embedded” with US forces who naturally covered the                             story from the American angle rather than the Iraqi                             angle, showing the suffering of Iraqi civilians rather                             than the heroism and suffering of American soldiers.                             Moreover, Arab commentators in media throughout the                             region strongly criticized U.S. policy in Iraq, and                             few defended it. American officials declined to appear                             on these talk shows, regarding them as stacked against                             American interests. There were some voices on these                             talk shows explaining the American point of view, but                             they were in a minority. <a name="_ednref7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn7"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[7]</span></span></a>The                             absence of a consistent defense of American policy in                             Iraq meant that the overall impact was a negative one                             for American interests. But it was the news programs                             that American officials focused on and found most objectionable.</p>
<p>American authorities also took direct action against                             al Jazeera. During the period of direct U.S. occupation                             of Iraq, from March 2003 until June 2004, the Iraqi                             Governing Council shut down al Jazeera for broadcasting                             messages from Saddam Hussain, charging that they were                             provoking violence against the government and the Americans.                              The Governing Council had been appointed by the American                             administrator, Ambassador L. Paul Bremer, so it was                             widely believed in Iraq and elsewhere that Washington                             had requested the action against the TV channel. On                             April 27, 2004, when the Foreign Minister of Qatar,                             Shaikh Hamad bin Jasim, visited Washington DC, Secretary                             Powell complained to him that al Jazeera was inciting                             violence in Iraq. <a name="_ednref8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn8"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[8]</span></span></a> Then                             in August 2004, after Iraq had become sovereign, the                             Iraqi government shut al Jazeera down again for incitement                             of violence. The Iraqi government was still considered                             to be under substantial influence of the Americans,                             so its action gave the impression that Americans were                             acting against their professed support for press freedom.</p>
<p>The Qatari government however refused to rein in al                             Jazeera despite these actions against it.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">U.S.-sponsored Broadcasting</span></p>
<p>After 9/11, as a response to the new Arab media, the                             Broadcasting Board of Governors (BBG) decided to establish                             two new international broadcasting stations. In 2002,                             the BBG created Radio Sawa, an Arabic language service.                             The BBG decided at the same time to abolish the VOA                             Arabic Service, which had started during World War II                             and had established itself as a credible source of news                             and information in the Arab world, although its signal                             was not audible everywhere.  VOA Arabic had offered                             a broad range of serious programming of interest to                             many different types of audience, and included considerable                             time devoted to news and public affairs material. <a name="_ednref9" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn9"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[9]</span></span></a> Radio Sawa, in contrast, consisted almost entirely of                             popular music aimed at a youth audience, with only a                             limited amount of news.  The BBG made arrangements with                             several Arab governments to allow it to broadcast on                             local FM stations, extending the U.S. radio broadcasting                             reach, but the new format seemed to be of interest to                             young people and few adults paid attention to it.</p>
<p>Then on February 14, 2004, less than a year after the                             invasion of Iraq, the BBG started al Hurra Television,                             an Arabic channel intended to reach Arab audiences in                             competition with al Jazeera and others. Arab viewers                             were not impressed with al Hurra. Many of them found                             the programs uninteresting and not competitive with                             the Arab-owned satellite television. They were surprised                             that the United States was unable to put on a more interesting                             TV program for Arab audiences.</p>
<p>BBG officials and their supporters argued that Radio                             Sawa and al Hurra Television were successful.   In February                             2003 BBG Chairman Ken Tomlinson said, for example, that                             Secretary Powell’s speech on Iraq before the UN Security                             Council in the fall of 2002 would not have gotten fair                             coverage, but he was wrong because al Jazeera always                             covers such events live. <a name="_ednref10" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn10"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[10]</span></span></a> BBG also claimed that the Arab-controlled Arabic TV                             stations were highly restricted and that the new US-controlled                             al Hurra, which means “Freedom”, would bring more freedom                             of speech to the Arabic media scene.</p>
<p>Tomlinson also declared: “The concept of ‘debate shows’                             has reached the Arab world today, but topics and parameters                             on these debate shows, this is what we are trying to                             expand.”<a name="_ednref11" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn11"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[11]</span></span></a> But this claim is also incorrect, as Marc Lynch has                             demonstrated. <a name="_ednref12" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn12"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[12]</span></span></a> Several Arab TV channels, led by al Jazeera, have promoted                             rather free discussion of many previously taboo subjects,                             and have generally allowed expression on all sides of                             an issue. Al Jazeera has given a platform to both Israeli                             and Palestinian leaders, secularists and Islamicists,                             and critics of essentially every Arab government. Al                             Hurra talk shows have not presented such a broad array                             of views.</p>
<p>Private American commentators, many of whom have not                             actually watched al Jazeera, also have expressed negative                             views of its programming, reinforcing the American popular                             view. For example, the highly regarded New York Times                             columnist Thomas Friedman wrote that the US ouster of                             Saddam “triggered the first conversations in the Arab                             world about reform”, but as Shibley Telhami has pointed                             out, this is not so.<a name="_ednref13" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn13"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[13]</span></span></a> And Marc Lynch has also demonstrated Friedman was wrong,                             citing programs on torture in Arab prisons, Arab brain                             drain, crisis in Arab education, sham presidential elections,                             women’s rights, the failure of Arab democracy, states                             of emergency, corruption. <a name="_ednref14" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn14"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[14]</span></span></a></p>
<p>From the beginning, al Jazeera talk shows included                             guests with a very wide range of opinions. They included                             strong critics of Arab governments, corruption, lack                             of reform, etc. In 2002-03, they reflected widespread                             opposition to war that much of the American domestic                             media ignored, but allowed pro-war Americans like Douglas                             Feith, Danielle Pletka, and Patrick Clawson to speak                             out. In 2003-2006 it reported regularly on the Iraqi                             humanitarian cost of war which the US media have given                             little attention to.</p>
<p>In effect, al Jazeera and several other Arab TV channels                             reflected Arab public opinion in its diversity. On balance,                             United States policy has received considerably more                             negative than positive comment on Arab TV, but that                             generally reflects Arab public opinion.</p>
<p>As for Radio Sawa, its only positive achievement seems                             to be that it has increased the reach of U.S. government                             radio broadcasting in Arabic to more Arab audiences                             than VOA had, by means of the series of agreements that                             the BBG concluded to gain access to local FM frequencies.                             The major problem for VOA Arabic over the years was                             that its medium wave signal was not audible in many                             parts of the Arab world. V OA Arabic did have a good                             short wave signal but as a rule Arab audiences no longer                             listen to short wave, so this was ineffectual. And because                             of the technical problem of a lack of medium wave frequencies                             for VOA Arabic, which was only partially solved after                             Desert Storm with transmitters in Kuwait, the medium                             wave signal remained unheard by many Arab audiences.                             Radio Sawa took over all of the VOA Arabic frequencies,                             and added FM in some places, giving Radio Sawa some                             increased access to Arab audiences. But because the                             establishment of Radio Sawa meant that VOA Arabic went                             off the air, the net effect of the change was negative,                             because Radio Sawa’s program was much less appealing                             to a broad spectrum of listeners and had less serious                             content than VOA Arabic had.  The BBG does not sponsor                             studies comparing Radio Sawa to Arab-owned radio stations,                             but independent and informal monitoring and anecdotal                             information clearly indicate that the content of Radio                             Sawa is not interesting to large numbers of Arab listeners                             who used to tune in to VOA Arabic broadcasts.<a name="_ednref15" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn15"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[15]</span></span></a></p>
<p>Al Hurra and Radio Sawa have failed because of their                           program content. Independent public opinion polls show                           that only 1% of Arab viewers regard al Hurra as their                           first choice among TV stations. Nevertheless the Bush                           administration continues to support it and in 2006 asked                           Congress to increase its budget by 13%.<a name="_ednref16" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn16"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[16]</span></span></a> It is however likely that Radio Sawa and al Hurra Television                           will survive because Congress wants to “do something”                           about what it sees as Arab media hostility.  Members of                           Congress generally are unaware of the fact that these                           new channels are ineffectual, because there is no independent                           oversight, and members themselves have no ability to monitor                           the content of these programs.  Officials and employees                           of the BBG have persuaded key members of Congress that                           these channels are a success, and that as led to repeated                           funding which is likely to continue.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">The Pentagon’s Involvement</span></p>
<p>The U.S. Department of Defense has become involved                             in these matters, primarily as a result of the war on                             terror and the occupation of Iraq.</p>
<p>Pentagon officials were fully in charge of the planning                             and execution of the invasion of Iraq, deliberately                             excluding the State Department even from planning for                             the postwar occupation. <a name="_ednref17" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn17"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[17]</span></span></a></p>
<p>Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld added his voice                             to Washington’s criticism of al Jazeera. In April 2004,                             he accused al Jazeera of “vicious, inaccurate and inexcusable                             reporting”, for example because he said it falsely accused                             U.S. forces of attacking civilians.<a name="_ednref18" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn18"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[18]</span></span></a> Later, as problems in Iraq continued, Rumsfeld made                             a speech at the Council on Foreign Relations on February                             17, 2006, in which he laid out what he regarded as a                             major Arab media problem for the Pentagon and the U.S.                             government. He started by quoting al Qaida deputy Ayman                             al Zawahari as saying “More than half of this battle                             is taking place in the battlefield of the media. We                             are in a media battle in a race for the hearts and minds                             of Muslims”. Rumsfeld’s concluded: “Our enemies have                             skillfully adapted to fighting  wars in today’s media                             age, but for the most part we, our country, our government,                             has not adopted.” He said, “The growing number of media                             outlets in many parts of the world have relatively immature                             standards and practices that all too often serve to                             inflame and distort, rather than to explain and inform.                             And while Qaeda and extremist movements have utilized                             this forum for many years and have successfully further                             poisoned the Muslim’s public view of the West, we in                             the government have barely begin to compete in reaching                             their audiences.” He said, “The standard U.S. Government                             public affairs operation was designed primarily to respond                             to individual requests for information. It …still operates                             for the most part on an eight-hour, five- or six-day                             week basis, while the world events and our enemies are                             operating 24/7 across every time zone. That’s an unacceptable                             dangerous deficiency.<a name="_ednref19" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn19"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[19]</span></span></a></p>
<p>Rumsfeld’s comments indicate that he clearly does not                             have a solution to the Arab media problem that he described.                             Moreover, he seemed to be focusing primarily on television,                             despite the fact that the terrorists’ primary focus                             was on the Internet.</p>
<p>Pentagon representatives have however tried to fix                             what they see as an unfair media situation in Iraq.                             They hired an American private Company, the Lincoln                             Group, to write news stories and place them in Iraqi                             media by paying the editor to use them, and by keeping                             secret the fact that the U.S. Government was the sponsor                             of the story. This practice was revealed in a Los Angeles                             Times story on November 30, 2005, that said the Lincoln                             group had a $6 million contract to conduct secret media                             activities. American public reaction was negative. A                             USA Today/CNN/Gallup poll in Dec 2005 found 72% of the                             American public was opposed DOD planting stories in                             the media. The Pentagon nevertheless clearly intends                             to stay involved in media relations. The press reported                             that the Joint Psychological Operations Support Element                             had undertaken a 5-year $300 million PR program aimed                             at the press.<a name="_ednref20" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn20"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[20]</span></span></a> In reaction to the initial negative American press stories,                             the Pentagon announced that it had started an investigation                             of it, and the White House and Congress also indicated                             their disapproval by asking for details of the program.                             Yet indications are that the Lincoln effort continued,                             quietly.</p>
<p>Secretary Rumsfeld has not denounced the practice of                             paying for secret placement in foreign media, but there                             are several problems with it. First, it creates the                             precedent of payment for placement which undermines                             normal placement activities of State Department Public                             Affairs officers. Secondly, it drives the price up when                             he practice becomes known, as it inevitably does. Third,                             it undermines the principle of a free press that we                             espouse, inviting the accusation that Americans follow                             a double standard.</p>
<p>What are the Pentagon’s plans for the future? In his                             February 2006 speech, Secretary Rumsfeld indicated that                             although he does not know what the solution is to the                             problem of Arab media as he defined it, he expects the                             Pentagon to remain involved in trying to deal with it.                             DOD has very substantial financial and manpower resources                             that can be devoted to the issue, so if Rumsfeld the                             President want the Pentagon to continue to play a key                             role, it will do so.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">The Belated Effort at State</span></p>
<p>Although the State Department has since 1999 been the                           U.S. government agency officially charged with carrying                           out the functions of public diplomacy, including managing                           relations with Arab and other foreign media, its effort                           did not expand at first after 9/11 despite the attention                           many members of Congress and others paid to the problem                           of Arab media. The end of the Cold War had led to a decline                           in public diplomacy funding and staffing, and the 1999                           USIA-State merger had failed to create the more effective                           public diplomacy performance that its advocates had expected.                           After 9/11, the White House still showed little interest                           in energizing public diplomacy for another four years,                           until late 2005 when President Bush appointed his long                           time trusted advisor Karen Hughes to be Undersecretary                           for Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs at the State Department.</p>
<p>As soon as Karen Hughes took over her new responsibilities,                             it became clear that she at least recognized problems                             she faced. <a name="_ednref21" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn21"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[21]</span></span></a> In less than one year in that position, she has made                             some positive changes.</p>
<p>First, she encouraged U.S. government officials to                             appear on al Jazeera and other Arab satellite television                             programs, reversing a defacto boycott that had been                             in effect since 9/11. She appeared on al Jazeera herself                             and then made a highly publicized visit to that station’s                             headquarters in Qatar. In making these approaches to                             Arab satellite television, she showed that she recognized                             the importance of that medium in reaching Arab audiences,                             and she tacitly acknowledges that it is more productive                             to work with it rather than trying to demonize it and                             boycott it.</p>
<p>Secondly, in early 2006, Karen Hughes established a                             Rapid Reaction Unit at the State Department to monitor                             foreign media on a 24/7 basis and report on it quickly                             to senior policy makers in the government. The function                             of monitoring foreign media is one that for decades                             USIA had managed, using field officers in embassies                             all over the world, and staffs in Washington to process                             the reports. This function fell into neglect after the                             end of the Cold War.  The RRU is separate from and parallel                             to the similar operations at DOD and CIA, but there                             is some coordination between these three agencies. State’s                             RRU receives the Rendon reports on foreign media that                             the Pentagon produces, and personnel from the CIA’s                             Foreign Broadcast Information Service (FBIS) also work                             with RRU staff. <a name="_ednref22" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn22"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[22]</span></span></a></p>
<p>Third, Karen Hughes has encouraged an effort by the                             public diplomacy staff in the State Department’s Near                             East Bureau in Washington to reach out to Arab media                             by carrying out an aggressive program of newspaper interviews                             and appearances on Arab television, as well as on al                             Hurra and Radio Sawa. This new Arab Media Outreach program                             has had some success in raising the profile of American                             officials in Arab media, and using them as a platform                             for the presentation of American views.</p>
<p>Fourth, Karen Hughes herself has traveled several times                             to the Arab world where she has engaged in discussions                             with a variety of people, and then reported back to                             President Bush on key elements in foreign opinion on                             America and its policies.</p>
<p>Fifth, Karen Hughes and her deputy Dina Powell have                             increased the programming Arab journalists as exchange                             visitors. They created a “Murrow Journalism Fellowship”                             program that in April 2006 brought 130 to the United                             States, half of them from the Arab world, where they                             learned about American journalism and other aspects                             of American life.  They have also supported the increase                             in foreign language study for Americans including Arabic</p>
<p>Finally, the State Department also has made an effort                           to make use of the Internet, creating a web site based                           in Washington, and web sites at individual embassies around                           the world, including in the Arab countries. Also, some                           enterprising embassy public affairs officers have used                           text messaging and other new communication techniques                           to reach their target audiences with policy statements                           and official analyses.<a name="_ednref23" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn23"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[23]</span></span></a></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">Problems remain</span></p>
<p>There are several problems that remain in the U.S. government’s                           handling of the new Arab media.</p>
<p>First of all, by most accounts, the newly created broadcasting                           stations, Radio Sawa and al Hurra Television, have failed                           in their stated purpose to provide credible competition                           for the new Arab media. The problem is not that they are                           sponsored by the U.S. Government, since Arab audiences                           are used to listening to government-sponsored radio and                           watching government-sponsored television, and they are                           interested in these media while taking the sponsor’s bias                           into account. The central problem for Radio Sawa and al                           Hurra Television is than neither one provides the content                           that is of a high standard and level of interest to appeal                           to an Arab audience bombarded every day with many media                           choices.  Unless the content of these US-sponsored stations                           improves, the millions of dollars spent on them every                           year will continue to be wasted.</p>
<p>Secondly, recent developments have left the U.S. government’s                           handling of the new media in the Arab world in an uncoordinated                           and haphazard fashion.  The 1999 legislation that abolished                           USIA and in effect made the Broadcasting Board of governors                           independent of any policy guidance from the State Department,                           created two quite separate government agencies – the BBG                           and State -  that both try to deal with the new Arab media                           but independently of each other.  In addition, the fact                           that the Pentagon has taken the lead in the war and occupation                           of Iraq, and that the Secretary of Defense has both the                           funding and the determination to make DOD active in dealing                           with Arab media, have created a situation in which the                           Pentagon and the State Department are conducting separate                           and parallel efforts with regard to these media.  Adding                           to the confusion, the CIA continues to monitor Arab media                           as it has done for decades through FBIS. There is some                           interchange and communication along these separate agencies,                           but little real coordination. The comments of the Secretary                           of Defense on these matters reveal little inclination                           to give up the key role his Department has assumed since                           9/11 in dealing with Arab media.</p>
<p>Third, there remains some reluctance on the part of U.S.                           officials to deal directly with some of the new Arab media                           such as al Jazeera. The efforts of Karen Hughes to reverse                           the de facto boycott of certain Arab television channels                           has been a useful step in the right direction, but many                           U.S. officials still regard the new Arab media as the                           enemy to be boycotted, and that is a counter-productive                           attitude. Moreover, laws passed by Congress prohibiting                           American citizens from any contact with organizations                           designated by the U.S. Government as terrorist, also inhibit                           effective dealing with the new Arab media. For example                           since the Al Manar Television in Lebanon is owned and                           operated by Hizbollah, and Hizbollah is considered by                           the U.S. government (but not by the Lebanese government)                           as a terrorist organization, American officials and private                           citizens are not allowed to appear on al Manar. This TV                           station has consistently slanted its news and commentary                           in an anti-American direction, but because of U.S. law,                           Americans cannot present American views on it even if                           they are invited to do so. We deny ourselves the opportunity                           to present our views on this important channel of the                           new Arab media.</p>
<p>Finally, behind these bureaucratic problems is one of                           the attitude of the U.S. government including those at                           the top. Marc Lynch in his excellent book has it right                           when he says that President Bush has treated the Arab                           public sphere “either as an enemy to be defeated (in a                           “war of ideas”) or as an object to be manipulated (via                           public relations).” As Lynch says, “Between the harsh                           attacks on the Arab satellite stations and its decision                           to launch an Arabic language satellite station (al Hurra)                            in order to have its own (controllable) voice in the Arab                           arena, American policy has seemed designed to marginalize                           and weaken the Arab public sphere as an effective political                           voice. But these policies have largely failed.”  Instead,                           Lynch says, the US should “enter more directly into the                           Arab public sphere and engage with it in a real dialogue,                           relying on reasoned argument rather than power.” He points                           out that the Arabs are opinionated, “well-informed and                           proud of their identity” and they tend to be offended                           by American propaganda and highly suspicious of American                           motives.” He adds: “By treating them as enemies the United                           States risks not only losing a powerful ally for change,                           but also pushes these influential voices into a hostile                           camp. <a name="_ednref24" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_edn24"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:&quot;">[24]</span></span></a></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline;">Remedies</span></p>
<p>The new Arab media are a fact of life that the U.S. Government                           finds in some respects unfriendly but they cannot be wished                           away or forced to disappear by ignoring them. There are,                           however, some steps that could be taken to improve the                           way the U.S. government deals with the new Arab media.                           Following are briefly stated suggestions, that require                           no great elaboration because the rationale for them should                           have emerged from the above discussion.</p>
<p>First, the VOA Arabic service should be revived.</p>
<p>Secondly, the program content of Radio Sawa and al Hurra                           Television should be substantially improved, or these                           stations should be abolished. Improvement could best be                           started by the appointment of an independent panel of                           outside experts, made up of native speakers of Arabic                           who know broadcasting and know both America and the Arab                           world, who would review program content and make suggested                           changes.</p>
<p>Third, the public diplomacy budget of the State department                           should be substantially increased, and its mandate to                           take the lead in public diplomacy matters should be reconfirmed.                           At the same time, the DOD effort to deal with Arab media                           should be fully coordinated with the State Department,                           and parts of it transferred to State as appropriate.</p>
<p>Finally, as a general proposition, support should be                           given the efforts of Undersecretary Karen Hughes, because                           in less than one year she has managed to shift the emphasis                           of the Bush administration from unilateralism to dialogue,                           from boycott of the new Arab media to engagement. Only                           by treating the new Arab media with respect and trying                           to make use of it to engage Arab audiences in a discussion                           of matters of mutual interest, will the United States                           be able to deal with them successfully.</p></div>
<p>Notes &amp; References</p>
<hr size="1" />
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[1]</span></span></a> For                             details, see William A. Rugh, <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Arab Mass Media</span>,                             Praeger/Greenwood, 2004</p>
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[2]</span></span></a> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Arab                             Mass Media</span>, chapters 10 and 11</p>
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref3"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[3]</span></span></a> William                             A. Rugh, <span style="text-decoration:underline;">American Encounters with Arabs: the “soft                             power” of </span><span style="text-decoration:underline;">U.S.</span><span style="text-decoration:underline;"> Public Diplomacy in the </span><span style="text-decoration:underline;">Middle East</span>, Westport, CT: Praeger/Greenwood,                             2006, pp.144-46</p>
</div>
<div id="edn4">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref4"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[4]</span></span></a> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Arab                             Mass Media</span>, pp.233-34</p>
</div>
<div id="edn5">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref5"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[5]</span></span></a> Quoted                             by Marc Lynch, “America and the Arab Media Environment”,                              in William A. Rugh, Ed., <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Engaging the Arab and Islamic                             Worlds Through Public Diplomacy</span>, Washington DC:                             Public Diplomacy Council, 2004, p.98</p>
</div>
<div id="edn6">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref6"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[6]</span></span></a> Abu                             Aardvark 2/17/06</p>
</div>
<div id="edn7">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref7"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[7]</span></span></a> This                             author and other Americans were invited to appear often                             on al Jazeera and other Arab satellite channels in the                             months following 9/11, because their editors wanted                             to include an American point of view in their discussion                             programs.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn8">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref8"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[8]</span></span></a> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">American                             Encounters with Arabs</span>, p.178</p>
</div>
<div id="edn9">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn9" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref9"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[9]</span></span></a> For                             details, see Alan Heil Jr., “The History of VOA Arabic”,                             in <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Engaging the Arab and Islamic Worlds</span>, pp.49-68</p>
</div>
<div id="edn10">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn10" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref10"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[10]</span></span></a> Lynch in <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Engaging the Arab and Islamic Worlds</span>,                             pp.97-98</p>
</div>
<div id="edn11">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn11" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref11"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[11]</span></span></a> Ken Tomlinson, testimony before the SFRC, 108<sup>th</sup> congress, 2<sup>nd</sup> session, 4/29/2004, quoted                             by Lynch, in William Rugh, <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Engaging the Arab and                             Islamic Worlds</span>, p.92</p>
</div>
<div id="edn12">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn12" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref12"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[12]</span></span></a> Marc Lynch, <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Voices of the New Arab Public</span>, NY:                             Columbia University Press, 2006</p>
</div>
<div id="edn13">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn13" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref13"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[13]</span></span></a> Shibley Telhami, <em>The Stakes</em>, Boulder, CO: Westview                           Press, 2002. p.95</p>
</div>
<div id="edn14">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn14" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref14"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[14]</span></span></a> Marc Lynch, in William Rugh, Ed., <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Engaging the Arab                             and Islamic Worlds</span></p>
</div>
<div id="edn15">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn15" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref15"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[15]</span></span></a> Information from various informed observers</p>
</div>
<div id="edn16">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn16" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref16"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[16]</span></span></a> AbuAardvark,com website 2/14/06, citing a Zogby poll.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn17">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn17" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref17"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[17]</span></span></a> Michael R. Gordon and General Bernard E. Trainor, <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Cobra                             II: the Inside Story of the Invasion and Occupation                             of Iraq</span>, New York: Pantheon, 2006, pp.147-48 and                             159</p>
</div>
<div id="edn18">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn18" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref18"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[18]</span></span></a> LAT and Washington Times, 4/28/04, and William A. Rugh                             in Global Media Journal, fall 2004</p>
</div>
<div id="edn19">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn19" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref19"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[19]</span></span></a> Donald Rumsfeld speech to the Council on Foreign Relations                             (CFR), New York, 2/17/2006</p>
</div>
<div id="edn20">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn20" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref20"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[20]</span></span></a> USA Today 3/23/06</p>
</div>
<div id="edn21">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn21" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref21"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[21]</span></span></a> See her HIRC testimony 11/10/05, her CFR speech 5/10/06,                             and her NPR interview 3/28/06</p>
</div>
<div id="edn22">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn22" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref22"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[22]</span></span></a> Interview with RRU director, May 2006</p>
</div>
<div id="edn23">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn23" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref23"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[23]</span></span></a> For example, the PAO at the U.S. embassy in Cairo set                             up a system by which he uses text messaging to alert                             key target audience members when a significant new policy                             statement has come out of Washington.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn24">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn24" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_rugh.htm#_ednref24"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference"><span style="font-size:10pt;font-family:&quot;">[24]</span></span></a> Marc Lynch, <span style="text-decoration:underline;">Voices</span>, p.250-51</p>
</div>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                         in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/60/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/60/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=60&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/new-media-and-us-foreign-policy/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Convergence, Next Phase of the Information Revolution</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/convergence-next-phase-of-the-information-revolution/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/convergence-next-phase-of-the-information-revolution/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:32:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satellite Television]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Telecos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Entertainment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IT Development]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=56</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Jon W. Anderson, Catholic University of America Revised version of a contribution to the workshop on New Media and the Reconstruction of Popular Culture in the Arab World. Georgetown University Centre for Contemporary Arab Studies.  May 17, 2006 Excitement over the revolutionary potentials of new media and information technologies in the Middle East that accompanied [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=56&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><strong>Jon                        W. Anderson</strong>, Catholic University of America<!-- #EndEditable --><span style="font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
</span><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" --><!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --><span>Revised version of a <span lang="EN-GB">contribution<em> </em></span>to the workshop on <em>New Media and the Reconstruction                      of Popular Culture in the Arab World. </em><span lang="EN-GB">Georgetown</span><span lang="EN-GB"> </span><span lang="EN-GB">University</span> Centre for Contemporary                      Arab Studies.  <em><span lang="EN-GB">May 17, 2006</span></em></span></p>
<p>Excitement over the revolutionary potentials of new media                        and information technologies in the Middle East                        that accompanied the advent of the Internet, satellite television                        and mobile phones in the 1990s focused on them as alternatives.                         New technologies, alternative channels, and indications                        of alternative political and other discourses breaking into                        the public suggested transformation of a public sphere,                        in the main organized institutionally, not only with new                        voices but also new people.  The boundary-busting potentials                        of NMIT were seen first in terms of alternatives by those                        who welcomed them and by those with reservations.  Indeed,                        reservations – moral, cultural, political anxieties over                        new information and communications technologies and new                        media – seemed to confirm their status primarily as alternatives.</p>
<p>Time and experience have outrun this paradigm, however.                         <span id="more-56"></span>Many new actors turned out to have roots in old establishments.                         Often it was the cadet generations of elites who brought                        the new technologies.  Governments proved adept at deploying                        the underlying technologies to their own ends.  Much content                        seemed trivial, or little more than demonstration projects,                        while old models of information, such as of journalism,                        translated all to well to new media.<a name="_ednref1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn1"><span>[1]</span></a> Similarly, cell phones became extensions                        of the Arab family or the Internet of Arab publishers; early                        experiments such as Arabia Online were absorbed into media                        conglomerates; by the millennium established religious figures                        had their sermons, lessons, and outreach on the Internet                        for the populations it drew and aggregated.  Alongside Al-Jazeera                        Satellite Channel were many more offering entertainment                        from old movies to the most recent popstars.  Beirut’s                        old book exhibition hall may have been turned into an Internet                        café, but Lebanon’s                        main new Internet media were headed by scions of old publishing                        families or by religious broadcasters.<a name="_ednref2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn2"><span>[2]</span></a> Plus ca change?</p>
<p>Yes, new media and information technologies afford individual                        alternatives; but they also become foci of alliances as                        actors sort and piece together technologies and applications,                        creating new configurations of tools, tasks, and arrangements                        that did not exist before,<a name="_ednref3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn3"><span>[3]</span></a> and which transcend mere cooptation, on the one hand, as                        much as mere diffusion, on the other hand.  The ‘alternatives’                        model is not enough.</p>
<p>Alternatives models are insufficient because they isolate                        actors as individuals from the larger story of how micro-processes                        of networked communication are working through today’s macro-processes                        of globalization.  This is a story of informational and                        technological mobility, of shifting reflexivities that intensify                        and remix cultural and other practices, of highly unstable                        assemblages and contingent effects, and – considered politically                        – a displacement of politics framed by nation states in                        terms of massing constituencies and consensus.<a name="_ednref5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn5"><span>[5]</span></a> Instead of moving old politics                        to a freer domain, knowing how (expertise), showing up (self                        activation), burnishing of reputations, as well as ideologies                        of multistakeholderism and subsidiarity come to the fore                        of the politics of networked communication, or communication                        in a regime of networks rather than a regime of groups operationalised                        as constituencies and consensus.</p>
<p>To render more of the sociology and politics of this process,                        I’ve found it analytically useful to think of three interrelated                        layers</p>
<table class="MsoTableGrid" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="Normal" width="182" valign="top">Demographics</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="Normal" width="182" valign="top">New Media</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="Normal" width="182" valign="top">Information Technologies</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>composing the larger whole.  This is not a progression                        from the material to the ethereal.  IT is more than hardware:                        it includes software, its developers and their educational                        and other support networks, financiers, regulators, and                        ties with multiple ‘user’ communities.<a name="_ednref4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn4"><span>[4]</span></a> So do the media, which mix telecos, broadcasters, ‘content’                        suppliers, their brokers and market researchers, financiers                        and regulators.  Likewise, demographics covers multiple                        aspects of populations from numbers to class characteristics,                        career patterns to lifestyle choices, and how people use                        (and produce) information that enters this ‘stack’.  Each                        layer could be broken down further, and each is – importantly                        – itself an extensive network: they have horizontal and                        vertical relations and, moreover, those are dynamic.</p>
<p>We are only beginning to understand this new regime.  An                        early macro approach was Castells’ concept of a dialectic                        of self, or identity, and proliferating networks through                        which it is expressed and thus variously magnified and migrated.<a name="_ednref6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn6"><span>[6]</span></a> Another,                        represented in this workshop, is a turn from ‘information’                        instrumentally conceived and ranging from news to more didactic                        forms, including religion,<a name="_ednref7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn7"><span>[7]</span></a> to expression, particularly the burgeoning entertainment                        side of new media in the Middle East.</p>
<p>Some of the attention that initially focused on new media                        has shifted to entertainment as a site of politics – specifically                        democratic politics – and brought along the model of alternatives.                         Star Search from Future TV, with its pan-Arab song contest                        that some saw as modeled on American Idol, but which also                        has precursors in the annual European song contests,<a name="_ednref8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn8"><span>[8]</span></a> was hailed with the                        same accolades earlier lavished on Al-Jazeera and on the                        Internet.  The enthusiastic voting for winners via phone                        and the Internet was proof of yearning for and capability                        of democracy in the region comparable, in one version, to                        the Federalist Papers,<a name="_ednref9" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn9"><span>[9]</span></a> presumably for reframing pan-Arabism as an electoral space.                         Millions of ‘votes’ poured into what was hailed as the                        first ‘pan-Arab election’.  But even discounting the hype,                        the exaggeration, and effervescence, there is something                        decidedly odd about such views.</p>
<p>In the first place, such infotainment is widely derided                        in the West as a degradation of agora to circus, as it were.                         Yet, here, its mirror image was hailed – circus as agora.                         How can what is bad in the West be good for Arabs, be regarded                        as a sort of opening of politics?  More exceptionalism?</p>
<p>Second, the assessment rests on the liberal habit of blurring                        commercial and political popularities around the notion                        of free individual choice, the &#8220;sovereign consumer.&#8221;                        This construction analytically isolates individuals from                        structural and practical settings of their actions and frames                        IT and new media primarily in terms of agency enhacement.                         Even if this highlights agency, and the agency-enhancing                        features of IT, and even if all, or only some, of the voters                        in Star Search were obliquely sending a message to their                        rulers, as Al-Jazeera watchers are said to be doing, or                        just grasping the opportunity to express opinion, this is                        still <span style="text-decoration:underline;">cultural</span> politics in a field of consumption.                         And, third, that is a realm that is truly transnational                        when it comes to music (and other expression, notably religion)                        in the Arab world, and so at least partly beyond the bounds                        of citizenship.</p>
<p>Locally, Star                        Search was absorbed                        into cultural politics.  Star                        Search’s local/regional                        critics included old liberals, for whom politics is serious                        business and who make it their business to take politics                        seriously.  What if the renaissance is rock-and-roll?  Among                        other culture managers weighing in, religious traditionalists                        looked askance from perspectives in which music is suspect                        and entertainment a diversion from what they view as serious                        business.  So, we have elections that resemble nothing so                        much as commercial choice, in a realm that is popular but                        also commercial, or in structural terms part of a continuum                        that includes serious literature (hence the liberal critique)                        and pop culture but also folklore, religion and commerce;                        structurally viewed, such actions could have occurred anywhere                        along it.</p>
<p>But these are not separate systems.  The homonymous assessments                        of Star Search (as moral harbinger, moral crisis, or just                        a diversion) demonstrate connections. But what kind? Stepping                        back for a moment, framing Star Search – and, by extension,                        other forms of entertainment in the Arab world – as politics                        by other means or proofs of democratic capability or another                        iteration of pan-Arabism infiltrating politics from a cultural                        realm may miss structural features of this mixing and morphing                        of the political and cultural, expressive and instrumental,                        that converge in this spectacle.</p>
<p>Over a generation ago, Ithiel da Sola Pool looked at early                        networked communication and saw a series of convergences                        of</p>
<p><span>-<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">computing and communications<br />
</span><span>-<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">different channels into a single                        channel<br />
</span><span>-<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">different kinds of data into                        a single stream<br />
</span><span>-<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">work and leisure into a single                        activity</span></p>
<p>that we have come to know in the Internet, mobile telephony                        and satellite television.<a name="_ednref10" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn10"><span>[10]</span></a> This concept of ‘convergence’                        carries some baggage in the social sciences, and not least                        in Pool’s, where there is a direct line from Max Weber to                        Pool’s colleague W.W. Rostow, who famously cast modernization                        as a convergence of all economies into a Western model,                        and on to Fukuyama’s anticipation of the ultimate adoption                        by everyone of parliamentary democracy and market economies.<a name="_ednref11" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn11"><span>[11]</span></a> Pool’s view of convergence was                        infused with this vision, which is not only empirically                        problematic but has been abandoned in turns from modernization                        theories in last generation to globalization in this one.</p>
<p>So what does convergence look like under globalization?                         A lot less like homogenization of the modernization theorists                        and a lot more like blurred boundaries, de-centering, remix                        and other characteristics of post-modern culture.  Moreover,                        its primary, or at least most visible, sites are those most                        characteristic of the post-industrial economy – namely,                        the rise of service sectors and, within them, of information                        services and a general ‘informationalisation’ of services.<a name="_ednref12" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn12"><span>[12]</span></a></p>
<p>Why should this matter in the Middle East,                        which many in the region think largely bypassed by industrialization                        and a global laggard in its diagnostic networked communication,                        the Internet?  Well, because Star Search, when viewed more                        inclusively than as an Arab version of American Idol or                        of the Federalist Papers &#8211; which is to say, when viewed                        in its own context and how that context shares larger ones                        – is an example of convergence under the regime of globalization.                         Contestants from all over the Arab world competed to be                        chosen top Arab singer by audience voting.  Observers were                        quick to seize on the spectacle of the first transnational                        ‘election’ in the Arab world as a political indicator, not                        least because it became framed as Arab politics are popularly                        framed, as identity politics.  But perhaps the direction                        of this flow is the other way.  Out of the limelight, but                        only barely, the regional technology community noticed,                        too.  Voting that was recorded on the television show was                        done via telephone, e-mail over the Internet and SMS (text-messaging)                        over cell phones that not only had become ubiquitous throughout                        the region but are interoperable between countries.  That                        is, ‘voting’ occurred in a space that was not only transnational,                        it was not even national at all, by fans and in a space                        of communications; despite active lobbying and campaigns                        for home-country favorites, it was not organized by or through                        national organs or institutions of state but some cases                        in spite of state efforts to forbid such voting.<a name="_ednref13" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn13"><span>[13]</span></a></p>
<p>Taken as a whole, there could hardly be a better example                        of boundary-crossing, or ‘flows’, and unstable associations                        characteristic of globalization.  Transnational Arab satellite                        TV programs already pointed viewers to associated websites                        and frequently solicited SMS messages, which they ran as                        banners on the screen.  They already invited audience participation                        that extended mobile and Internet interactivity to previously                        passive television.  They <em>sought</em> interaction for                        a multitude of reasons from quick-and-dirty market research                        to come-ons in pursuit of competitive advantage to branding                        in order to hold particular audiences.  Second, this had                        spread throughout both entertainment channels on satellite                        TV and the Internet as well as those devoted to news and                        opinion (including religious channels and websites).  Third,                        this is, if anything, pre-political in its aggregation of                        individual preferences translated unmediated by institutions                        into individual actions: one click, one vote.  The messages                        were sent not to Cairo                        or Damascus                        or Riyadh, but                        to a television company; they were sent over wires and waves                        that telecoms companies charged to use.</p>
<p>The bulk of LBC’s income from arguably one of the most                        popular Arab television shows of all time as measured by                        viewership came not from sponsors but through revenue-sharing                        with telecoms companies, which made millions.  One estimate                        (based on call rates and numbers of calls) was $2.1 million                        in voting revenue for 6.5 million votes in 2003 and $1.8                        million voting revenue for 4.5 million calls in 2004 attributable                        to mobile and voice telephone voting in the first Star Search                        flowing to the telecos that provided those services.<a name="_ednref14" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn14"><span>[14]</span></a> In business terms, Star Search                        ‘monetized’ amateur performance by selling rights to vote                        on it through a third party, for whom they generated the                        traffic.  (This while telecoms have anxiously sought additional                        content to expand their custom from wireless email to multimedia                        messaging to mobile television.<a name="_ednref15" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn15"><span>[15]</span></a>)</p>
<p>This is what ‘convergence’ looks like as globalization:                        it includes media that morph into each other, messages that                        migrate across boundaries and technologies, unanticipated                        assemblages, shifting reflexivities and leveraging externalities.                         Returning to the model of a stack of IT, New Media, Demographics                        and thinking of each layer as a network of relations with                        multiple others that may be attached to the stack, we may                        conceive of the convergences they represent as fusions of                        networks (in the model, along vertical axes).  For each                        activity, project, or practice, connections between the                        layers are different, engaging some nodes in each layer                        and not others.  In this way, we can see how Star Search                        is, first, different from politics in some respects and                        similar in others and, second, how these linkages are dynamic.                        It wasn’t because voting was political behavior but because                        the format was already shared between entertainment channels                        and those for news-and-opinion. In addition, relations of                        television to mobile telephony and the Internet forged through                        messages shift when revenue-sharing is added; the relation                        of cultural to other politics shift when states respecify                        uses of SMS, much like attempts to structure Internet services                        (and so the business opportunities) by social policies such                        as previously for telephony.  And so on.</p>
<p>If we think of convergence as fusions of networks, we must                        think of them as multiple and dynamic rather than determinative                        or derivative.  So what are limits, conditions?  Some of                        the enabling conditions include standardization, which makes                        networks interoperable.  The type site is the Internet,                        which is solely software based and designed from the beginning                        to operate over any network, any format of signals propagation                        – hence, the ease of its spread and its flexible, but also                        incomplete, adaptation to social and political structures.                         Something similar is seen in the rapid ‘convergence’ of                        mobiles and satellite TV; part of their attraction is that                        both are ‘transnational’, hence the move of mobiles’ SMS                        messaging to TV, in one direction, is matched in the other                        by business use of messaging for aggregation (such as sending                        market information, weather reports, etc.) or for multimedia.                         As industries come together, and old relations come apart,                        different media practices and information engage different                        numbers and kinds of people that resolve variously as publics,                        niche markets, age and class cohorts.</p>
<p>Conceiving of these primarily as bringing choice to the                        fore obscures their intermediating structures.  Remixing                        (such as in combining entertainment and voting, television                        and Internet) and moving to different platforms (politics                        to culture, mobiles to television, and vice versa) depend                        on convergences not only of platforms but also on user contributions                        that are also features of organization by networks.  The                        first phase of convergence as fusion of networks may have                        been the migration on-line of all transnational and nearly                        every major local Arab newspaper that, among other things,                        opened each to every others’ market or readership.  With                        the prices of moving increments of the same information                        tending toward zero, when all are online, monopolization                        shifts from controlling channels to branding, or to ‘network                        externalities’ such as who is on the network.  This is,                        if anything, more apparent in the migration online of religious                        networks.  Even the aggregators present distinct perspectives,                        and even in implementing the universal imperative of outreach.                         Initially, going on-line migrates the message of a shaykh                        or school or dawa organization to another demographic, one                        that works and recreates on-line, whose practices and interests                        they have to mesh.<a name="_ednref16" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn16"><span>[16]</span></a></p>
<p>Let me suggest some empirical features of convergence as                        fusion of networks that seem to stand out and to be connected.                         In no particular order, they are:</p>
<p><span>1)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span>Rapid expansions of telecommunications.  This                        brings more access, often by shifting consumer use to new                        media.  New media bring not only new networks, but also                        those who use them into relations with each other.  With                        expansion of telecommunications capacity and channels, capacity                        to transfer information (data for work, entertainment, religion)                        across borders also expands.</p>
<p><span>2)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span>Software platforms stabilize, providing bases                        for developing applications within a wider community than                        when each machine had its own operating system, or where                        each company promoted its own, keeping streams of information                        separate and hindering the informatization of services.</p>
<p><span>3)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">Commodity computers and software                        applications replace customized ‘integrations’– the same                        is true for mobile phones, which are computers – shifting                        convergence up the &#8220;stack&#8221; where end users create                        the input, extend uses, and ‘remix’ contents (i.e., treating                        them as commodities).</span></p>
<p><span>4)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span>Instead of the disintermediation initially                        predicted, new intermediaries arise to provide services                        that involve combining technologies, channels, types of                        data on top of relatively stable platforms.  At the individual                        level, this facilitates ‘citizen media’ and ‘remixing’ different                        data streams into one’s own product.</p>
<p><span>5)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span>Elites embrace ‘off-shoring’ practices and                        as a business model, particularly for transnational media                        and for building out the soft infrastructures of the information                        revolution.  What may begin as catch-up, in time not only                        shifts from vertical integrations to horizontal relations,                        but out-sourcing tends also to move from commodities like                        testing and programming to design or, likewise in media,                        from supplying material to conceiving it.</p>
<p><span>6)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span>Venture investing increasingly competes with                        central planning, both practically and as a model for resource                        allocation. More sources feed and feed on specialization                        over integrated enterprises.</p>
<p><span>7)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">Globalization of education that                        began as access to foreign training has proceeded to institutional                        and curricular convergence (around international standards),                        and then multiplication of delivery channels (private universities,                        corporate training centers, online training).</span></p>
<p><span>8)<span style="font-family:&quot;"> </span></span><span dir="ltr">Business/legal convergences                        in the ‘soft infrastructure’ of trade and property, such                        as WTO and WIPO, tend to shift the focus of monopolization                        to branding, and with that the focus of regulation from                        protecting industrial sectors to protecting ever-growing                        lists of products, services and (most problematically) information.</span></p>
<p>This is primarily a list, not a theory, but enough to suggest                        that what we see in Star Search and in entertainment generally                        is not a move of politics to culture or the kind of convergence                        imagined in the modernization paradigm.  The former projects                        a kind of individual hydraulic, while the Rostov paradigm,                        which Pool shared, imagined all systems becoming more alike,                        ‘converging’ on a single model.  But convergence today is                        more a matter of boundary crossing, recombinations, highly                        unstable assemblages, intensifying mobility of media, messages,                        and technologies that shape convergence as fusion of networks.</p>
<p>Recasting convergence as fusion of networks opens such                        processes to analysis of alliance-formation and building                        coalitions around new technologies and new media.<a name="_ednref17" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn17"><span>[17]</span></a> In these more political terms,                        we may see beyond the expressive agency foregrounded in                        entertainment to instrumental agencies as, for example,                        different expertises become assets.  I do not wish to suggest                        that the more expressive sides, exemplified in entertainment,                        are without political significance.  They are objects of                        intense politicking as cultural watchdogs weigh in or as                        contests develop over the revenue streams they generate.                         I do mean to suggest that what they signal, however, is                        not an alternative to or replacement for politics that dare                        not otherwise speak its name.  Instead, Star Search represents                        a specific irruption of politics that emerges <em>in</em> network societies and networked communications, where mobile                        media and technologies morph and remix; where claims to                        participate are based on showing up, on expertise and on                        appeals to universals; where unstable assemblages and contingent                        effects may vanish instantly in all but memory when everyone                        goes home, some move to the next event, or the whole thing                        proves fleeting.<a name="_ednref18" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_edn18"><span>[18]</span></a> It may be better to think of these as post-national politics                        because they do not presume the features of national states,                        such as formation of constituencies or of consensus (whether                        by consent or imposition), both of which are far more temporary                        and limited in scope under conditions of globalization,                        but also more dynamic.</p>
<p>With Star Search and other entertainment programs that                        solicit SMS and email responses, opinion shows with phone-in,                        websites that invite visitors to vote on issues or topics                        of the moment, conceptualizing convergence as fusion of                        networks captures equally observable facts of fragmentation,                        failures of meanings to resolve in a unitary fashion, and                        that users may be interacting with each other.   We may                        unite these processes analytically as fusion of networks                        and get on with tracing what, precisely, is being brought                        together. It may not be information sources and information                        seekers.  For, if youth are voting on and campaigning for                        singers over the heads of their elders and the borders of                        their countries, they are also ‘branding’ revolution for                        TV, and playing to more than just the cameras by advertising                        for participation via SMS and over the Web, such as also                        recently in Lebanon (see Kraidy, <em>Beyond Al-Jazeera: Social                        and Political Dimensions of Arab Reality Television</em>).</p>
<p>Notes</p>
<hr size="1" />
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref1"><span>[1]</span></a> Jon Alterman, <em>New Media, New Politics</em> (Washington Institute for Near East Policy, 1998).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref2"><span>[2]</span></a> Yves Gonzalez-Quijano, “Birth of a                          New Media Ecosystem.” In <em>New Media in the Muslim World:                          The Emerging Public Sphere</em>, Dale F. Eickelman &amp;                          Jon W. Anderson, eds.  (Indiana University Press, second                          edition 2002).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref3"><span>[3]</span></a> Michael C. Hudson &amp; Jon W. Anderson.                           <em>Internet Pioneers in the Arab </em><em>Middle                          East</em><em>: Routes to the Information Superhighway                          in </em><em>Egypt</em><em>, </em><em>Jordan</em><em>, </em><em>Syria</em><em> and </em><em>Saudi Arabia</em><em> </em>(CCAS Occasional Papers, forthcoming).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn4">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref4"><span>[4]</span></a> Jon W. Anderson.  “Producers and Middle                          East Internet Technology: Getting beyond ‘Impacts’”                           <em>The </em><em>Middle East</em><em> Journal</em> 54(3): 401-31, Summer 2000.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn5">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref5"><span>[5]</span></a> This bundle of features is laid out                          paradigmatically in the Introduction and explored in individual                          case studies in <em>Reformatting Politics: Networked Communication                          and Global Civil Society</em> (Jodi Dean, Jon W. Anderson                          and Geert Lovink, eds.  Forthcoming from Routledge, August                          2006).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn6">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref6"><span>[6]</span></a> Manuel Castells.  <em>The Information                          Society</em> (Blackwells, 1996).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn7">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref7"><span>[7]</span></a> Dale F. Eickelman &amp; Jon W. Anderson,                          eds.  <em>New Media in the Muslim World: The Emerging Public                          Sphere</em> (Indiana University Press, 1999; second edition                          2002).  Also Gary Bunt<em>,  Islam in the Digital Age</em> (Pluto Press, 2003).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn8">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref8"><span>[8]</span></a> The program was produced by FreemantleMedia,                          which is based in Europe and produces                          over 260 TV programs for 39 countries per year.  Arab                          Advisors Group. “Superstar’s second season voting is not                          as stellar as the first season’s.” Media Strategic Service                          Report.  September 5, 2004.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn9">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn9" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref9"><span>[9]</span></a> Tyler Mackenzie. “Found in Translation:                           A TV version of the Federalist Papers? Yes, in a Way.                           We know it as ‘American Idol’” <em>Wall Street Journal</em>,                          24 September                          2004.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn10">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn10" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref10"><span>[10]</span></a> Ithiel da Sola Pool. <em>Technologies                          without Boundaries</em>.  (Harvard University Press, 1990).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn11">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn11" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref11"><span>[11]</span></a> Walter W. Rostow, <em>Economic Growth</em>;                           Francis Fukuyama, <em>The End of History</em></p>
</div>
<div id="edn12">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn12" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref12"><span>[12]</span></a> Sometimes called “from atoms to bits,”                          e.g., Nicholas Negroponte’s <em>Being Digital</em> (1995);                          better grounded in the economic sociologist Saskia Sassen’s                          <em>The Global City</em> (199x).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn13">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn13" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref13"><span>[13]</span></a> This is what registers to observers                          inside and outside the region as a sort of ‘we [the people]                          will show you [the state]” quality.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn14">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn14" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref14"><span>[14]</span></a> Arab Advisors Group, <em>above</em>.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn15">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn15" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref15"><span>[15]</span></a> A central theme of now annual conferences                          on convergence in telecoms and media industries since                          2004 by the region’s first market research firm focusing                          exclusively on these sectors, the Arab Advisors Group                          based in Amman, Jordan.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn16">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn16" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref16"><span>[16]</span></a> Jon W. Anderson.  “New Media, New                          Publics: Reconfiguring the Public Sphere of Islam” <em>Social                          Research</em> 70(3): 887-906, 2003.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn17">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn17" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref17"><span>[17]</span></a> Hudson &amp; Anderson, <em>Internet                          Pioneers </em>(forthcoming).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn18">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn18" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/recon_anderson.htm#_ednref18"><span>[18]</span></a> Or maybe not.  David Knoke and Mark                          Granovetter (<em>Political Networks: The Structural Perspective</em>.                          Cambridge University Press, 1990), specify influence as                          information that passes through networks and domination                          as constraints they impose on decisions.</p>
</div>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/56/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/56/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=56&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/convergence-next-phase-of-the-information-revolution/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Negotiating Nationhood on the Net: The Case of the Turcomans and Assyrians of Iraq</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/negotiating-nationhood-on-the-net-the-case-of-the-turcomans-and-assyrians-of-iraq/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/negotiating-nationhood-on-the-net-the-case-of-the-turcomans-and-assyrians-of-iraq/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:28:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cyber-activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iraq]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=41</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Hala Fattah, Royal Institute of Interfaith Studies, Amman. Prepared for Going Native on the Net: Indigenous Cyberactivism and Virtual Diasporas over the World Wide Web, edited by Kyra Landzelius (forthcoming from Routledge) &#8230; November 2001 . A central argument that has swirled around the contours of the Iraqi nation from its inception in the 1920s [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=41&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><span style="text-decoration:none;"><strong>Hala                        Fattah</strong>, Royal Institute of Interfaith Studies, Amman.</span> <!-- #EndEditable --><span style="font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
</span><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" --> <span>Prepared for <em>Going Native on the Net:                        Indigenous Cyberactivism and Virtual Diasporas over the                        World Wide Web</em>, edited by Kyra Landzelius (forthcoming                        from Routledge) &#8230; November 2001 .</span> <!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">A central argument that has swirled around                        the contours of the Iraqi nation from its inception in the                        1920s has migrated to the Internet. The argument pits the                        legitimacy of Iraq                        as a nation-state against that of a whole host of different                        “national” communities settled within the modern state.                        The claim has been <span id="more-41"></span>made that Iraq                        has never cohered into a nation because successive governments                        have prevented the assimilation and integration of &#8220;the                        multiple histories of Iraqis&#8221; into &#8220;a single narrative                        of state power&#8221;.<a name="_ednref1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference">1</span></a> The argument is more a Western construct                        than an indigenous formulation. State-centered ideology                        is not monolithic and has its ebbs and flows: in certain                        periods (such as under the monarchy), Iraqis did indeed                        forge solid ties of marriage, commercial partnerships, and                        social relationships across ethnic and sectarian lines.<a name="_ednref2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference">2</span></a> Moreover, Iraqi nationalism appeals to certain groups more                        than others. Various observers have noted that, over the                        last eighty years, <em>some</em> of the Kurds and <em>some</em> of the Shi’a have been <em>somewhat</em> more ambivalent about                        their Iraqi identity than others in the country. Recently,                        different ways in which social groups both inside and outside                        of Iraq are currently reformulating their ties to Iraq and                        notions of &#8220;Iraq&#8221; have appeared on the Internet                        at the same time that the country passes through one of                        the severest tests in its history.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Re-affiliation or re-identification with                        Iraq is apparent on the World Wide Web, where a significant                        renegotiating of history, ethnicity and religion is visibly                        gathering momentum on dozens of “Iraqi” sites. There, particularist                        interpretations of history, culture and politics intersect                        with projections of national and “pre-national”groups, all                        of which have their own websites. This article is concerned                        with the sites of two important social groupings in Iraq,                        the Turcomans and Assyrians. One of the meta-issues in the                        debate is how best to make use of a particular community’s                        history in the battle to re-envision a collectivity’s “place”                        on the national agenda, even as that agenda is constantly                        shifting due to forces outside of the country’s control.                        Perhaps most interesting is the way that these communities                        seek to relinquish their formal ties with Iraq the state                        as presently constituted, while at the same time attempting                        to reinsinuate themselves in the ongoing dialogue to remake                        the Iraqi nation of the future.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Interpretations of the past, Benedict                        Anderson’s <em>Imagined Communities</em> makes clear,<a name="_ednref3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn3"><span>[3]</span></a> may also be used to justify a minority group’s vision of                        inclusion/exclusion in a reformulated Iraqi state. Presuming                        that “identity and community are to a significant degree                        constructed and subject to invention and reimagination,”<a name="_ednref4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn4"><span>[4]</span></a> I am interested in finding out how self-identified Turcomans                        and Assyrians are attempting to overcome political marginalization                        by means of the rational representation of their past and                        future. Dirk Hoerder points that nations or cultural groups                        “assert special group rights against other groups which                        define themselves as nations, [but] the democratic state…is                        theorized as neutral and thus as treating each and every                        person as equal, regardless of culture, ethnicity, religion,                        color of skin, gender, class or position in the life cycle.”<a name="_ednref5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn5"><span>[5]</span></a> How then are the Turcomans                        and Assyrians actively reshaping their national identities                        by manipulating history, ethnicity and information? And                        how are they confronting the reality of an undemocratic                        state?</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Finally, since the Internet is not                          available to everyone, it is important to ask where Iraqi                          sites are located in the “real” world. With the exception                          of several Kurdish sites operating from the “safe haven”                          of northern Iraq, and some Iraqi government sites relayed                          through Jordanian servers, the majority of cyber groups                          online emerge in the greater Iraqi diaspora. A large proportion                          of these are situated in north America and represent exiles,                          refugees and political dissidents whose broader agendas                          include social justice, political freedom, greater cultural                          rights and more representative government. The Turcoman                          and Assyrian web sites reviewed in this article are most                          definitely the expression of the Iraqi diaspora; none                          that I have looked at are situated in Iraq proper or Iraqi                          Kurdistan.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">
<p class="MsoBodyText"><strong>Ethnicity and Sectarian Affiliation                          in Iraqi Sites on the Web.</strong></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Among the more sophisticated sites                          on Iraq on the Internet are several that refuse to openly                          call themselves Iraqi. Because of their tortuous relations                          with the Iraqi state, particularly the Baath regime of                          the last thirty-two years, as well as a direct consequence                          of the political fallout from the Gulf war, most Assyrian                          web sites marginalize their national connections to Iraq,                          and promote a quasi-separatist agenda that bypasses the                          state, but accentuate the long cultural and historic roots                          of the community in the region. On the other hand, most                          Turcoman sites are adamant about their Iraqi-ness, but                          equally ambivalent about their connections to the Iraqi                          state. While the web has allowed both communities infinite                          freedom to actualize their national potential (if only                          in the virtual world), certain constraints inhibit both                          communities’ attempts at further self-actualization online.                          Because Iraq still harbors a sizeable Turcoman and Assyrian                          population caught between government strategies and US                          designs, a clear realization seems to prevail among activists                          on the web that neither community is entirely free to                          redesign its national agenda; certain limitations most                          definitely take over when co-religionists or co-ethnics                          are leading precarious lives in the home country. Coupled                          with a genuine feeling that Iraq is indeed <em>one</em> of the national homes of both Turcomans and Assyrians,                          this residual connection to an idea of Iraq inevitably                          colors the interpretation of their community’s history,                          and paradoxically reinforces their Iraqi identity in the                          process.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Of the many “northern” Iraqi communities                          that have contributed their share to the makeup of the                          country, two of the most significant in size, cultural                          involvement  and socio-political longevity are the Turcomans                          and Assyrians. Ties of cooperation, as well as a history                          of conflict may well intrude on their associations with                          each other, and yet there is a certain symmetry in viewing                          these two communities as a unity. One of the most interesting                          facets that characterizes these groups is their transnational                          reach coupled with their local focus. For instance, the                          wider Turcoman “nation” spreads out from Iraq into Syria,                          Azerbayjan and Turkey, while Assyrians are to be found                          in Iraq, Syria, Turkey, Iran and Lebanon. Both communities                          are the self-proclaimed heirs of two remarkably important                          civilizations that left their imprint on the region for                          centuries to come, of which their descendants are justifiably                          proud. On the other hand, there is a specificity to the                          Turcoman and Assyrian experience in Iraq that is directly                          related to their long affinity with the country. This                          is why any analysis of the negotiation strategies of these                          communities with the Iraqi state entails a reexamination                          of the way transregionalism affects particularist identity                          in each specific case. <a name="_ednref6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn6"><span>[6]</span></a></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">
<p class="MsoBodyText"><strong>Turkomans in Cyberspace.</strong></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Most Turcoman (or Turkmen) sites are                          in the Turkish language, whether hosted by Iraqi, Syrian,                          Azeri or Turkish groups on the net (although a few have                          Arabic and English sections as well). With respect to                          Iraqi Turcomans, it is clear that the connection with                          Turkey shapes the community’s historical view of the world,                          and nowhere more so than on the web. Virtually all the                          Turcoman sites I surveyed dated the community’s origin                          to the ninth century AD when one of the Abbasid Caliphs                          in Baghdad recruited Turkish soldiers to staff his army.                          Eventually these same troops became the force behind the                          throne, and even overthrew one Caliph and replaced him                          with another. The web site of the Turkmen Peoples’ Party                          (<a href="http://www.angelfire.com/tn/halk/">www.angelfire.com/tn/halk/</a>), one                          of the Iraqi Turcoman political groupings, is particularly                          interesting in the way it Turkifies every invasion force,                          occupation army and government after the Turkic-speaking                          Mongols ransacked Iraq in the thirteenth century. This                          Turco-centric angle is so pervasive that the Turkish soldiery                          of the Persian Shah are given more importance than the                          Persian occupation of Baghdad itself, while the Ottoman                          Empire’s reconquest and control of Iraq are subsumed into                          the wider narrative of “Turkish” expansion without a thought                          given to the multi-ethnic plurality and diversity that                          made up the Ottoman experience. Finally, more astounding                          still, and completely unsupported by historical facts,                          is the claim that, “The Turks have ruled Iraq from 833                          to 1924.”</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">The Iraqi Turcomans’ focus on Turkey                        is conditioned by Turkey’s “big brother” role in northern                        Iraq after the Gulf war and the reality of regional politics.                        In the wake of Iraq’s defeat in the Gulf war of 1991, the                        Turkish Republic has been re-energizing its support for                        Iraqi Turcoman groups, trying to stave off the specter of                        a potential Kurdish state and bolstering Iraq’s territorial                        integrity in the face of Turkey’s rival in the region, Iran                        (see <a href="http://www.foreignpolicy.org.tr/ing/books/oguzlu_09.html">www.foreignpolicy.org.tr/ing/books/oguzlu_09.html</a>).                        The Iraqi Turcomans’ emphasis on Turkey’s position in northern                        Iraq is also complemented by the realization that regional                        alliances, both of a formal and informal kind, must be initiated                        among the many Turkish-language groups in neighboring countries,                        such as in Syria, Iran, Armenia, Azerbayjan and Turkey itself,                        in order to provide a counterweight to the Iraqi Turcomans’                        political isolation.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">It is the Iraqi Turcomans’ attempt                          to strike an equitable balance between these regional                          proclivities and their community’s wholesale identification                          with Iraq as their country of origin that provides a dilemma                          that has yet to be solved satisfactorily. For while all                          the Turcoman websites I looked at unequivocally back a                          unified Iraq, characterized by democracy, human rights,                          freedom and a multi-parliamentary system, these same sites                          also refer back to the historical injustices committed                          against the Turcomans from as early as 1936 onwards. The                          ambivalence towards the Iraqi state is manifested in a                          number of ways. For instance, the community historically                          assimilated faster than other minorities in the country,                          in part because most of its members were Sunni Muslim                          and Turcophile, two assets that allowed Turcomans easy                          access, and integration into the post-Ottoman Sunni elite.                          As early as 1921 and definitely by 1947, Iraqi Turcomans                          had begun moving to Baghdad and other cities in Iraq,                          and begun the process of acculturating into an Arab environment.<a name="_ednref7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn7"><span>[7]</span></a> And yet most websites                          skirt the issue of voluntary assimilation altogether (perhaps                          because it dilutes a Turcoman political platform?); their                          ire is reserved for Iraqi government attempts to forcibly                          deport Turcomans from their ancestral homeland in the                          north of the country to locations further south at an                          accelerated pace from about 1970 onwards (See <a href="http://www.turkmencephesi.org/english.htm">www.turkmencephesi.org/english.htm</a>).                          The Iraqi government is also criticized for defaulting                          on language and cultural rights, political assassinations                          of prominent Turcoman politicians and army officers, and                          favoritism to other minorities in Iraq.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">And yet there is hope that in a post-Saddam                          Hussein era, the three-million strong (by their count)                          Turcoman community will once again regain its position                          in society. This is apparent from the relations its members                          have forged with other non-Arab minorities in the north                          such as the Kurds. For despite fierce contestation over                          Kirkuk, the city claimed by Turcomans as well as Kurds,                          the Turcomans have moved towards acceptance of a future                          federal arrangement for Iraq, in which indigenous communities                          have a chance to preserve their autonomy in a decentralized                          state system  (see <a href="http://www.kurdishobserver.com/2000/11/26/hab01.html">www.kurdishobserver.com/2000/11/26/hab01.html</a>).                          The interesting thing to note about the Turcomans is that,                          as the most assimilated minority in northern Iraq, they                          seem to feel that they have no other agenda but to stay                          where they are and to defend themselves against the encroachment                          of the Iraqi state. Short of a Turkish invasion of northern                          Iraq that might set off a chain of events in which the                          Iraqi Turcomans would then revert to the “mother” country,                          (at present a remote possibility), the Turcomans have                          no intention of declaring independence from Iraq. As their                          websites make very clear, the Turcomans have a long history                          of attachment to the country that goes well beyond a resigned                          acceptance of their socio-political situation in a dictatorial                          state. The Turcomans value the fact that Iraq as a whole,                          and especially the northern part of the country, is the                          established homeland from which their fathers and forefathers                          spread out all over the country, and they are justifiably                          proud of their achievements in the making of the country,                          and its traditions. Were it not for the depradations visited                          upon them by Iraqi governments of the past as well as                          the present, the Turcomans quite conceivably would have                          no qualms about returning to Iraq, to live side by side                          with other minorities in a state that guaranteed their                          civic, socio-cultural, political and economic rights.                          And while all diasporic communities subscribe to the myth                          of “return,” the Turcomans may be the one Iraqi group                          that will actually fulfill it.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">
<p class="MsoBodyText"><strong>Assyrians on the Net.</strong></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">In comparison to the paucity of Turcoman                          sites on the web, there is a veritable plethora of Assyrian                          cyber communities, quite a number of which are hosted                          by various Assyrian groups in North America, Europe and                          Australia. Indeed, the <em>San Jose Mercury News</em> reported                          in its September 2, 2001 edition(<a href="http://www.assyria.ninevah.com/">http://www.assyria.ninevah.com</a>),                          that “persecuted and displaced from their ancestral home                          in the Middle East, Assyrians are finding a virtual homeland                          in cyberspace.” A typical website is that of the Assyrian                          International News Agency, which sets down the Assyrian                          credo, in all of its bold simplicity, in this way: “Assyrians                          are not Arabs. Assyrians, including Chaldeans and Syriacs                          [of which Maronites are a branch], are the indigenous                          Christian people of Mesopotamia and have a history, spanning                          seven thousand years, that predates the Arab conquest                          of the region”(<a href="http://www.aina.org/">www.aina.org</a>).                          While this is the view held by the majority of Assyrians                          around the world, it is nonetheless the equivalent of                          throwing down the gauntlet to non-Assyrian Iraqis. By                          not equating themselves with an Arab civilization that                          “Arabized” the majority of Iraq’s native population, and                          by pointedly referring to Iraq as Mesopotamia even after                          eighty-odd years of its establishment as a nation-state,                          most non-Assyrian Iraqi Arabs would consider AINA’s views                          as somewhat anachronistic, if not apolitical and narrowly                          nationalistic. Paradoxically, AINA’s portrayal of Assyrian                          “civilization [as] the foundation of Arab civilization”                          rings true with many Assyrians today, even as it continues                          to rankle Arabs wherever they are. Indeed, the fall-out                          from the Assyrians’ insistence that they are just who                          they say they are took on such grave dimensions that on                          October 5, 2001 AINA lodged an online protest against                          the Arab American Institute, the Chicago Tribune and several                          other groups in the US, categorically rejecting the labeling                          of Assyrians as “Arab.” <a name="_ednref8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_edn8"><span>[8]</span></a></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">This theme is picked up by other Assyrian                          websites. One site that tries to bypass polemics and offer                          a perspective on the current situation of Assyrian Iraqis                          is that of the Assyrian Democratic Movement, or Zowaa,                          a highly interesting mix of political activism, historical                          narrative and visionary pragmatics (<a href="http://www.atour.com/adm/docs/history.htm">www.atour.com/adm/docs/history.htm</a>).                          As the premier site of Iraqi Assyrians, it focuses on                          the development of Assyrian activism in the country, and                          relates the history of oppression, assassinations, deportation                          and exile familiar to most Assyrian Iraqis. But as Zowaa’s                          representative in the US and Canada, Dr. Lincoln Malik,                          makes clear these massacres represent only part of [Assyrian]                          history, albeit its most painful part. We must look at                          history comprehensively and with purpose. Selective renditions                          of history may help win an argument in a coffee-shop,                          but are not useful for serious political deliberations.                          To be relevant, the discussion must focus on the ideas                          and strategies offered our people in the current historical                          era. Abstract discussions of what may have been, or ought                          to be, will not deliver our people from their current                          national dilemma.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Always speaking for ADM, or Zowaa,                          Dr. Malik asserts that Assyrians are the indigenous people                          of Iraq, and not a national or ethnic, religious or linguistic                          minority. As such, their rights in Bet-Nahren, the Assyrian                          homeland (most of which is in northern Iraq, but also                          extends to Syria, Iran and Turkey) are guaranteed by the                          UN Declaration of Rights of Indigenous Peoples and have                          the full weight of international law behind them. Assyrians                          refuse assimilation and will never accept forced “Arabization”                          by the regime, and yet they are “loyal Iraqis…who love                          their country, and will join the struggle to save it from                          the hated dictatorship. In this [the Assyrians] are allied                          with the broad masses of the Iraqi people from the Kurdish                          north to the Shia Arab south.” Therefore, everything must                          be done to protect and preserve the Assyrian community                          still in Iraq, “under the banner of democracy in Iraq,                          and affirmation of [the Assyrian] national existence in                          [their] homeland.”</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">ADM’s insistence that cultural rights                          cannot stand alone, and must be buttressed by political                          and civil liberties finds wide echo among other Assyrian                          political parties. One of these, the Assyrian Democratic                          Organization or Mtakasta, claims a deeper affinity with                          Assyrians in Syria (<a href="http://www.atour.com/">www.atour.com</a>).                          Ironically, the ADO has developed a wide rift with the                          ADM, which it accuses of highhandedness, excessive secrecy                          and ill-advised political alliances with various Iraqi                          Kurdish factions. But both the ADO and ADM are adamant                          that a political solution to Assyrian rights must be found                          within the greater Iraqi [or, in ADO’s case, Syrian] nation.                          The vision of a supra-Assyrian nation endowed with cultural,                          religious and linguistic privileges and functioning as                          a collective standard to which all Assyrians should aspire                          is a useful panacea for the Assyrian diaspora, but untenable                          as a realistic alternative.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Finally, among the most interesting                          sites on the web is that of the <em>Journal of Assyrian                          Academic Studies</em>, the only scholarly publication devoted                          entirely to “serious research about the culture of the                          Assyrians, from and after the time it survived the demise                          of empire” (<a href="http://www.jaas.org/">www.jaas.org</a>). The premise of the journal is itself                          intriguing, and speaks to the dispersal of Assyrian communities                          all over the world. Briefly stated, JAAS believes that                          it is high time for scholars to move away from the study                          of Assyrian civilization in Antiquity, and the legends                          of the “fall,” to a study of Assyrians in the modern world,                          especially in the diaspora. As a leading Assyrian specialist                          states on the front page of JAAS, “confusion [exists]                          between the annihilation of the Assyrian political system                          [i.e Assyria in Antiquity] and the annihilation of the                          Assyrian people,” by which the Professor is of course                          referring to the history of oppression of the Assyrian                          people by various regimes, Iraqi, Iranian and Turkish                          from the beginning of the early twentieth century onwards.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">In two fascinating reviews of the Saudi                          anthropologist Madawi Al-Rasheed’s book, <em>Iraqi Assyrian                          Christians in London: The Construction of Ethnicity </em>in                          a recent<em> </em>issue of JAAS, a number of additional                          points are made with respect to the realities of Assyrian                          diasporic existence in the UK and elsewhere. While one                          reviewer gently takes her to task for daring to question                          the idea that present-day Assyrians are the direct descendants                          of Assyrians of old, and launches into a physiognomic                          investigation that ends up in the Assyrian section of                          the Louvre Museum in Paris (!), another criticizes her                          for conflating the five recognized “Assyrian” denominations                          with the Church of the East (the Assyrian National Church).                          Throughout the reviews, the reader is continually made                          aware of the “ever-morphing spectacle” of Assyrians forgetting                          parts of their historical existence and over-inflating                          others, and including some Assyrian denominations while                          forgetting others. Finally in view of the strong statements                          made by Assyrian political parties on the web, it is interesting                          to note the scholarly consensus on present-day Assyrians                          in London as being virtually apolitical, and so conservative                          as to be reclusive in all matters except religion and                          language.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">
<p class="MsoBodyText"><strong>The Use (and Abuse) of History.</strong></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">I have already referred to Turcoman claims                        of a continuous Turkish political presence in the <em>whole</em> of Iraq “from 833 to 1924,” an assertion far too metaphorical                        to be historically accurate. A similar reinterpretation                        of history is made by other groups in the region. In its                        official letter to the Arab-American Institute, asking it                        to stop identifying Assyrians and Maronites as Arabs, the                        Coalition of American Assyrians and Maronites (CAM) lays                        stress on several issues, all of them relating to the distinctive                        histories claimed by different peoples in the Arab/Middle                        East region. CAM asserts that Assyrians and Maronites are                        ethnically distinct from Arabs while the Assyrians also                        are different on the linguistic front; that both the Assyrians                        and Maronites diverge from the rest of the native peoples                        in the region by virtue of their Christianity; that Assyrians                        are the indigenous peoples of northern Iraq, southeast Turkey,                        northeast Syria and northwest Iran while Maronites are the                        indigenous peoples of Lebanon, and finally, and this is                        the clincher, “that Assyrians and their civilizations, and                        the Phoenicians of Lebanon, span seven thousand years and                        predate the Arab conquest of the region” (<a href="http://www.aina.org/">www.aina.org</a>).</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Both the Turcoman and Assyrian visions                        of religious-linguistic-cultural differences and sweeping                        historical pretensions are matertially assisted by the freedom                        and, to a certain extent, the anonymity of the net. But                        freedom and anonymity quite often function as ancillaries                        to the larger Turcoman and Assyrian projects of regaining                        a political foothold in Iraq on more equitable terms than                        before. While recourse to the greater Assyrian Empire or                        pan-Turkism is a necessary marker in identity politics,                        making possible the further in-gathering of diasporic communities                        in cyberspace around a central ideology of cultural inclusiveness                        and pride of place, the more pragmatic Turcoman and Assyrian                        political leadership do not accord history as privileged                        a position as political survival or, indeed, national regeneration.                        For instance, Mr. Ninos Gaboro, the head of the Assyrian                        Democratic Organization is on record as supporting the following                        positions:</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">That [the Assyrian leadership] concentrate                          on minimizing dispersion of our peoples, especially in                          the Middle East [and] that [the leadership] actively involve                          the educated segment of our society in the decision-making                          process and every other political and economic aspect                          of our lives.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">In order to do so, ADO or the name                          it goes by in wider Assyrian circles, Mtakasto, believes                          that the most urgent objectives in Syria, Iraq and wherever                          Assyrians are settled, are to</p>
<ul>
<li>Secure [Assyrians’] national existence,</li>
<li>Awaken and develop our national identity;</li>
<li>Support unity among various denominations and</li>
<li>Work for the recognition of Assyrian national existence                            in the Middle East,</li>
</ul>
<p class="MsoBodyText">all of which are legitimate rights                          (<a href="http://www.atour.com/">www.atour.com</a>).</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Similarly, the Assyrian Democratic                          Movement, (Zowaa for Assyrians) is for the strict enforcement                          of human rights for Assyrians in Iraq because “Assyrians…do                          not have an ancestral homeland outside of Iraq.” Thus                          in both parties’ appeal for a reliable survival mechanism                          to protect Assyrians, whether in Iraq or Syria, the notion                          of a wider Assyrian nation independent of, and oblivious                          to, any successor regime that came after “the fall,” is                          circumscribed out of necessity and pragmatic consideration.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">
<p class="MsoBodyText"><strong>Conclusion.</strong></p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">Eleven years after the Gulf war and                          the relentless caricature of Iraqis as a compound of Sunnis,                          Shi’is and Kurds, the view Iraq as another Yugoslavia                          ready to break up into ethnic or sectarian enclaves continues                          to have a solid constituency of inveterate Iraq-bashers                          in the US government and media. Inevitably, this construction                          relegates other Iraqi ethnic and religious communities,of                          whom it is are barely aware, to an obscurity which they                          most certainly do not deserve. Perhaps because neither                          the Turcomans nor the Assyrians fit readily into the US’s                          strategic vision for Iraq (unlike the Kurds and the Shi’a),                          both groups must fight for their existence using uncommon                          tools. Of these, the Internet is the most versatile. At                          once virtual meeting place, ethnicity index, cultural                          club and political barometer, the Internet brings diasporic                          communities together and shakes them up into a heady mixture.                          What emerges is a field of dreams that achieves its greatest                          actualization on the World Wide Web.By allowing the convergence                          of dozens of sites on greater Turkmenistan and Assyria                          to project the histories of indigenous peoples, and their                          collective visions of the future, the Internet makes possible                          the renegotiation of identities and nationalities that                          had long been relegated to the backwaters of exile. Unlike                          the facile generalizations in the “illegitimacy” thesis                          that present Iraqi nationalism as a brittle phenomenon                          held together by state coercion, Turcoman and Assyrian                          websites are fully agreed on their Iraqi-ness, but seek                          to define it on their own terms. Because both communities                          view Iraq as their homeland <em>par excellence</em>, and                          the Turcoman and Assyrian populations still settled in                          the country as tangible proof of their civilazational                          heritage as well as their future promise, neither community                          thinks of questioning their Iraqi nationhood. Nonetheless,                          by means of their online agendas for cultural and political                          regeneration, and their re-imbued visions of citizenship                          in Iraq, Turcoman and Assyrian activists online are putting                          the world, and especially Iraq, on notice of their programs                          and intentions, and so beginning a vital and necessary                          dialogue to reopen the question of their long-awaited                          “return” to the homeland.</p>
<p class="MsoBodyText">
<p class="MsoBodyText"><strong>Notes. </strong></p>
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref1"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference">1</span></a> Charles Tripp.                          <em>A History of Iraq</em>. Cambridge: Cambridge University                          Press, 2000.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref2"><span class="MsoEndnoteReference">2</span></a> Hanna Batatu.                          <em>The Old Social Classes and the New Revolutionary Movements                          of Iraq</em>. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1978,                          pp.47-50</p>
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref3"><span>[3]</span></a> Benedict Anderson. <em>Imagined Communities:                          Reflections on the Origins and Spread of Nationalism</em>.                          London: Verso, 1991, pp.1-7</p>
</div>
<div id="edn4">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref4"><span>[4]</span></a> Michael C. Hudson, “Creative Destruction”:                          Information Technology and the Political Culture Revolution                          in the Arab World, revised version of a paper presented                          at the Conference on Transnationalism, sponsored by the                          Royal Institute for Inter-Faith Studies,Amman, Jordan,                          June 19-21,2000. (<a href="http://nmit.georgetown.edu/papers/mchudson.htm">nmit.georgetown.edu/papers/mchudson.htm</a>).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn5">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref5"><span>[5]</span></a> Dirk Hoerder, “Negotiating Nations:                          Exclusions, Networks, Inclusions.” <em>Histoire Sociale/Social                          History</em> Vol.XXXIII, November 2000, p.226</p>
</div>
<div id="edn6">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref6"><span>[6]</span></a> Jon Alterman, “Transnational Media                          and Regionalism,” <em>Transnational Broadcasting Studies</em> No.1, Fall 1998.<span style="font-family:&quot;">(<a href="http://www.tbsjournal.com/Archives/Fall98/Articles%201/JA1/jal.html">www.Tbsjournal.com/Archives/Fall98/Articles                          1/JA1/jal.html</a>).</span></p>
</div>
<div id="edn7">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref7"><span>[7]</span></a> Stephen Helmsley Longrigg. <em>Iraq,                          1900 to 1950</em>. London, New York and Toronto: Oxford                          University Press, 1953, p.9 and p.381</p>
</div>
<div id="edn8">
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><a name="_edn8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/hfattah.htm#_ednref8"><span>[8]</span></a> At a conference on Iraq at Villanova                          University, Pa., in 1988, which I was fortunate to attend,                          an Assyrian clergyman made the comment that Assyrians                          were “Iraqis, not Arabs.” An Egyptian Professor in the                          audience immediately got up from his seat to challenge                          the assertion, but failed to make headway with the clergyman</p>
<p class="MsoEndnoteText"><span>posted: 12/28/2001</span></p>
<hr />
<p class="MsoBodyText"><a name="hala"></a>Dr. Hala Fattah                          is an historian and independent scholar attached to the                          Royal Institute for Inter-Faith Studies, Amman, Jordan.                          She can be contacted via email to <a href="mailto:hmf@index.com.jo">hmf@index.com.jo</a></p>
</div>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/41/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/41/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=41&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/negotiating-nationhood-on-the-net-the-case-of-the-turcomans-and-assyrians-of-iraq/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Internet and the State: The Rise of Cyberdemocracy in Revolutionary Iran</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/internet-and-the-state-the-rise-of-cyberdemocracy-in-revolutionary-iran/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/internet-and-the-state-the-rise-of-cyberdemocracy-in-revolutionary-iran/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:23:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cyber-activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[democracy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iran]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=47</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Babak Rahimi, European University Institute, Florence. Paper delivered at the ISA Conference, Brisbane, Australia. Rev: January 2003. It was not long ago, in the not so long history of information and communication technology (ICTs), that the Internet was hailed as an emerging new democratic medium to undermine authoritarian regimes. Whether considering the increase in competence [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=47&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><strong>Babak Rahimi</strong>, European                        University Institute, Florence.<!-- #EndEditable --><br />
<!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" -->Paper                        delivered at the ISA Conference, Brisbane, Australia. Rev:                        January 2003. <!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<div class="Section1">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;">
<p class="MsoNormal">It was                            not long ago, in the not so long history of information                            and communication technology (ICTs), that the Internet                            was hailed as an emerging new democratic medium to undermine                            authoritarian regimes. Whether considering the increase in competence                            of nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) on a global                            scale or the effect of information on local politics,                            cyberspace, understood as a digitally constituted means                            of communication, provided an exciting new frontier                            where political power manifested itself in a radical                            democratic way. Such cyber adventures into a virtual                            horizon anticipated <span id="more-47"></span>rise of citizen empowerment                            (‘Netizens‘) in decision-making processes, fostering                            cross-regional networks of civic associations with a                            limitless supply of information by making transparent                            the internal life of authoritarian regimes to an unprecedented                            degree. With this assumption, politics appeared to move                            away from the traditional face-to-face political interaction                            and participation in physical spaces towards a more                            digitally structured, free-floating means of communication,                            one that would allow a radical retreat from all autocratic institutional spaces, in which speech is                            strictly kept under supervision. Here, the democratic                            threat of the Internet for authoritarian regimes was                            an obvious one: state domination can be held back from                            the unlimited boundaries of cyberspace, hence allowing                            autocratic power to yield to a more democratic virtual                            order. As former U.S. president, Bill Clinton, once                            remarked, attempting to control the Internet is like                            trying to nail Jello to a wall.</p>
<p>However salient, and needless to say unexpected, the force of the                            Internet might have appeared to some in its initial                            developments, authoritarian states soon came to adopt                            creative ways to hold back potential challenges posed                            by the new technology. As Boas and Kalathil argue in                            the two cases of China and Cuba, the Internet has not                            necessarily made authoritarian rule less stable. The                            regimes have learned to maintain control by using digital                            space to further extend their authority (Boas &amp;                            Kalathil, 2001). The attempt to control the Net has                            been a complicated one. By applying a combination of                            two policy strategies, namely, ‘Reactive’ and ‘Proactive’,                            the authoritarian regimes have managed to expand their                            influence in the four spheres of political life, namely:                            mass public, civil associational organizations, economic                            and international civic groups -e.g. Transnational advocacy                            networks or CSOs. Since the expansion of Computer Mediated                            Communication (CMC) in the early 1990’s, authoritarian                            regimes have responded within this sphere of political                            life to curtail the effects of the new technology in                            such that the Internet has become in fact another site                            to extending the rule of autocratic regimes.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size:10pt;"> State control in reactive measures is most ‘visible, involving                            direct efforts to counter or circumscribe the potential                            challenges outlined above by clamping down on Internet                            use’ (ibid.:3). This form of policy is mainly patent                            in the case of Cuba, where cyber activity encounters                            direct state restrictions over the Net. In what the                            authors call the formation of a ‘national Intranet’                            program, control of cyber-sites ensures that the regime                            monitors in what is being produced online. The measure                            allows the government to prevent the flow of information                            by establishing state-run Internet sites, and, therefore,                            limiting the private sector to access the Net. </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size:12pt;"> </span>In the case of proactive measures, however, control is orchestrated                            in a more complicated way. Such measures stem from the                            notion that the Internet itself can be used as a device                            to promote the authority of the state by implementing                            regime sponsored web programs, e-government services,                            state-controlled Internet Service Providers (ISPs) and,                            above all, self-censorship to curb the democratic drive                            of the Net. In the Chinese case, software devices have                            been sparsely used to filter content and censure web                            sites.<a name="_ednref1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn1"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[1]<!--[endif]--></a> By making the Internet available to the public on the                            national level, the Chinese government promotes its                            authority by channeling on-line discourses, developing                            regime affiliated bureaucratic domains and commercially                            based government interest sectors on the Web, and even                            wage online ‘guerilla war and cyber attacks against                            data networks’ of domestic political dissidents (ibid.:10).<a name="_ednref2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn2"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[2]<!--[endif]--></a> While challenges posed by the development of the Internet                            in recent years have been considerably managed by the                            regimes, the discrepancy in the uses of the two strategies                            remain salient in the ways the Internet‘s democratic                            force has been transformed into another authoritarian                            site for domination.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">A dangerous illusion to earlier claims about the Net lied in                            the assumption that somehow the availability of means of information- be the triumph of the free                            press in the nineteenth century or the emergence of                            mass media from radio, television to Internet in the                            twentieth century&#8211; ultimately bolsters the practice of democracy. Whether one considers authoritarian or                            (transitional and consolidated) democratic polities,                            the role of mass media appears to have been overstated.                            Here, the question is not the way in which mass media                            can challenge the state, but how the state engages with                            the new technologies to greater its domain of control.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">But to what extent can we identify these restrictions to deter                            the democratic                            quality of the Internet? In the particular case of authoritarian regimes,                            is the state able to put in place limits on the Net? While a study on the relations between mass media,                            society and state cuts across myriad issues, in this                            paper I identify the Internet as an encounter with a                            unique form of political communicative space and in                            terms of an emerging new building block for political                            mobilization. By using contemporary Iran as a case study,                            I want to argue for the democratic potential in the                            uses of the Internet by showing that there is in fact                            a groundbreaking path, in which the new technology is                            providing for the expression of political dissent: an                            online cyberspaces that transcend the control of authoritarian                            powers. What the paper maintains is that, despite diverse                            measures implemented to curtail the force of the Net                            as a new alternative space of political contestation,                            the Internet sustains creative ways for political dissent                            to challenge state control.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">I offer here a review of the recent developments of the Internet                            technology in Iran since the early 1990s by considering                            these developments in context of the ongoing tension                            between the growing reformist political movement and                            the clerical authoritarian regime. The basic claim is                            that the development of the Internet in Iran has emerged                            as an alternative domain of political opposition against                            the regime in ways that further increases the current                            crisis of state legitimacy. Although the paper acknowledges                            the social limitations to the uses of the Internet,                            an attempt is made to sketch out the innovative force                            of the Net as unique and alternative domain of political                            opposition in confronting state hegemony.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><!--[if !supportEmptyParas]--> <!--[endif]--></p>
<p>From                            inactive to reactive strategy:</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">When in January 1993                            Dr. Larijani, the director of the Institute for Studies                            in Theoretical Physics and Mathematics (IPM), forwarded                            Iran’s first electronic mail as a greeting message to                            the University of Vienna administrators, he would have                            been surprised to learn that by end of the year 2003                            the demand for Internet use in the country would soar                            to an estimated level of 1.2 million, one of the fastest                            growing rates in the world (MEED ,2001, September).<a name="_ednref3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn3"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[3]<!--[endif]--></a> The fact that                            Iran became the second country in the Middle East- only                            preceded by Israel- to gain access to the Internet would                            have not been anything astonishing. After all, the Islamic                            revolution of 1979 was meant to put into practice the                            intrinsic relationship between scientific technology                            and religion; the revolution was an unprecedented event                            in modern history that emphasized the significance of                            faith in the scientific pursuit for knowledge. The surprise                            would have been caused, however, with the growing public                            interest in the Internet as a blow to the initial objective                            of the IPM, Iran’s main academic provider service, in                            acknowledging the Internet with the sole purpose of                            exchanging scientific ideas within the inter-university                            system. Similar to countries like the U.S. in the 1960s                            and early 1970s, when the U.S. Department of Defense                            and academic institutions placed computers in the exclusive                            hands of a few experts in the field, in just a decade,                            the community of the Internet users in Iran has transgressed                            the domain of a small number of specialists, mainly                            in the academic circles, and spread to the larger arena                            of mass consumption.<a name="_ednref4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn4"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[4]<!--[endif]--></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">While more Iranians discover the various uses of the Internet,                            the lack of technological expertise to cope with the                            changes has become the major challenge for the state.                            With more than 100 private ISPs on the rise, a developing                            technological scientific class of Net-experts and a                            mounting demand for unrestrained forms of technological                            communication by the mass public, the government-owned                            Telecommunication Company of Iran (TCI) has been facing                            serious challenges as a result of the recent technological                            boom. The problem of course is not so much the lack                            of state policies to properly deal with the new information                            technology.<a name="_ednref5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn5"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[5]<!--[endif]--></a> The main problem in the case of the Internet emerges                            in the domestic markets, where the lack of necessary                            expertise, industries and capital in the field of computer                            technology has left the state-controlled media with                            the challenging task to update the system.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In part, some of the difficulty seems to appear as a result                            of the force of technological commerce, and the state’s                            failure to take necessary steps to provide the country                            potential software development sites with the increasing                            internationalization of the market economy-as it has                            been the case in other Asian countries like India. But, for the most part, the strongest challenge                            lies with the curious Iranian public, where the use                            of the Internet appears to cut across age, class, gender                            and religious boundaries. As an indication of this rapid growth, Internet                            access, in Tehran at least, has developed to be so sophisticated                            in recent years that it has even surpassed some levels                            of European nations, like the UK. The Guardian reports                            in February 2002, ParsOnline is offering ‘Asymmetric                            Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) connection at 2Mbps,                            four times faster than that available to home users                            here, and for people out of ADSL catchments area, there                            are wireless links available, running at 5Mbps, something                            unheard of in the UK’ (Guardian, 2002, Feb).                            Such rapid, needless to say unusual, development largely                            reflects the mass anxiety to come to terms with the                            growth of global technology within the context of a                            waning economy and an on-going political crisis- a point                            that I will return to later.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">With more than 70 percent of Iran’s 68 million populations born                            after the Iranian revolution, the domestic problems,                            which are seen by the public as setbacks to achieving                            a modern social order, seem to identify a new source                            of social relief. The Internet is viewed in this sense                            to qualify as a channel to express dissent within a                            new digital space of interaction that would involve                            the possibility of being connected with the outside                            world. The public recognition is that the Net holds                            a wealth of new scientific, cultural and political resources                            that ultimately promises progress for a nation at the                            brink of economic and political crises. As the Guardian                            quotes an Iranian computer store employee, ’… there                            is a sort of fever here in Iran. All the families who                            can afford it have a computer. All of the children are                            taking classes, and we sell a lot of educational software’                            (ibid.:1). The ‘fever’ here is the encounter with a                            new culture of information technology, making available                            a virtual life that transcends the increasing domestic                            economic and political pressures.<a name="_ednref6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn6"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[6]<!--[endif]--></a> What makes Iran a fascinating case study is the way                            in which the changing state-society relations reflects                            an ongoing-process of political transformation as acts                            of dissent are displayed in a wide range of public spaces,                            increasing the pressure for major alternations in the                            nation’s governance. While the 1979 militant revolutionary                            mobilization has given way to the reformist movement                            after the election of Khatami to power in 1997, the                            Internet has become a curious site of protest in the                            changing face of the Iranian politics.</p>
<p>A)                            Competing sectors and emerging non-sectors</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">As in China, prior to 1993, the Internet in Iran was still                            an untapped virtual resource to both civil and state                            institutions. However, whereas in China the technology was                            largely developed by the state in the form ofintra-governmental communicative resource, Iran’s                            first experience with the Internet appeared from a relatively                            state-independent institutional basis: the university.                            In fact, to this day most of Iran’s domestic Internet                            connections are still based in the academic institutions,                            the national academic network (IRANET.IPM), though additional                            outside links have become established by the Iranian                            Post, Telephone and Telegraph (PTT), providing service                            to both commercial agencies and governmental organizations.                            Despite earlier setbacks in the growth of information                            technology as a result of tensions between the IPM and                            the High Council of Informatics (HCI), a state branch                            mostly responsible for information technological expansion,                            Iran has been so far successful in developing a dynamic                            field of Telecom industry sector, independent of state                            control.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Contrary                            to conventional expectations, the Iranian state has                            so far welcomed the Internet by allowing numerous sectors,                            and non-sector associations, to access the technology                            without interference. There has been some obvious points                            of conflict between the state and the private sectors/non-sectors.                            But, tensions between state bureaucratic agencies, such                            as HCI and the Data Communication Company of Iran (DCI)-                            a branch of the PTT- and the emerging private technological                            sectors has appeared primarily in disagreements over                            improving the quality and the availability of network                            access, rather than finding ways to control Net content.                            Internet use in the economic sphere has so far posed                            multiple challenges to the government. The state information                            bureaucratic agencies have grown uneasy in the domestic                            telecom market in competition with the developing ISPs.<a name="_ednref7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn7"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[7]<!--[endif]--></a> Here, the momentous role of the Iranian ISPs                            to creating dynamic institutional bases for the development                            of the Internet has been significant.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Vibrant and innovative in outlook, Iran’s ISPs have opened up                            both institutional and non-institutional spheres of                            competitive commercial and political activism, unprecedented                            in the history of Iran’s information technology. This                            has been largely evident in the foundation of IRANET, the Information and Communication                            Network of Iran, in 1993 by N.J. Rad, a subsidiary of                            Pilot Iran, a private company. Operating together as                            a large bulletin board system and offering full Internet                            access, E-mail services, electronic publishing and Internet                            service design (World Wide Web), numerous organizations                            have gone online in a relatively flexible market-driven                            environment to conducting business. Along with the academic                            sector, the commercial industry in Iran maintains an                            active presence on the Net. With the changing technology,                            the Internet companies are creating new online jobs                            that help to cut down Iran’s 12% unemployment rate (Guardian, ibid.: 1); they are providing services for the general                            consumption in ways unprecedented in the history of                            the Iranian economy. The rapidly growing Internet use                            in the commercial sphere, thus, presents a significant                            opportunity for the growth of entrepreneurship in Iran,                            and an emerging middle class with the ability to invest                            in the domestic markets.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The role of the state in the development                            of the Internet has also been impressive. The government                            has helped to codify contracts and restructure the technologies                            to attract international investment. In recent years,                            there have been attempts to make some changes in the                            protectionist legal clauses, a significant obstacle                            to Iran’s troubled economy, for attracting foreign investment                            in the country’s telecom market. As Ahmad Motamedi,                            the minister of telecommunications points out, ’We are                            now taking our first steps towards privitization and                            establishing regulatory policy which would allow the                            entry of the private sector (BBC, November, 13).<a name="_ednref8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn8"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[8]<!--[endif]--></a> This remark is made as the economy increasingly                            moves away from government sponsored programs, mostly                            institutionalized under the presidency of Rafsanjani                            after the Iran-Iraq war, 1980-88, towards more privatized                            schemes, assumed to improve incentives for economic                            growth.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">But the shift not only entails changes in                            the infrastructure of the Telecommunication for promoting                            investment, as a way to remedy Iran’s troubling rentier                            economy, but also facilitating the growth of new forms                            of commercial activity that increase demands on the                            state‘s control of society. With legal reforms, the Internet has been not                            only technologically upgraded with the economic changes                            on the short-term basis, but expanded to a larger degree                            in accordance with the global Internet by further opening                            up the domestic sites to commercial industries, transnational                            net works of CSOs, and other political (non-sector)                            groups.<a name="_ednref9" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn9"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[9]<!--[endif]--></a> Here, once again, the ISPs have played a crucial role.                            As recent developments show, opening the telecom market                            to foreign investors have enabled the privately owned                            Iranian ISPs to promote their sites outside of the country.                            With the possible emergence of a new domestic Net-business                            class, the ISPs present a significant opportunity to                            expanding the Iranian economy on both domestic and international                            markets by anticipating certain forms of political liberalization-                            though not necessary an inevitable outcome.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Accordingly, the most significant aspect of these structural changes                            lies in the increase exposure of the public to ICTs,                            providing access to the international community by creating                            pluralistic domains of interactions and participations                            in a mundane sense. The ’mundane’ here implies the ways                            in which the Internet is encouraging everyday interaction-both                            political and non-political- to turn to online services.                            Here, the growth of cyber-showrooms and advertisements,                            e-mail, Internet service design, and especially the                            popular use of chat rooms, facilitated mostly by state-independent                            ISPs, has opened a new non-sector to emerge on the scene,                            namely, the mass public.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Although we can say that exposure to alternative sectors and                            non-sectors outside of the country plays a central role                            in the spread of the domestic Internet among the youth                            in Iran, the cause for the rapid rise of a mass public,                            however, can be explained with the growing young population                            in Iran. The current demographical shift in the country                            identifies a major source for the high demands from                            the public in the new technology. In correlation with                            the demographic changes, the growth of (especially private)                            universities has further opened up a new dimension in                            the popularity of the Internet among the young student                            population. The massive university intake since the                            end of the 1988 war, especially from the female population,                            has allowed a large educated public mass to access the                            Internet through the academic institutions.<a name="_ednref10" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn10"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[10]<!--[endif]--></a> This presents significant changes while a growing non-academic                            public- especially the younger population- is finding                            the Internet as an alternative arena for social interaction-                            especially with the use of chat rooms and online entertainment                            services (Web, 2001).<a name="_ednref11" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn11"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[11]<!--[endif]--></a> This can be                            seen not only as a broadening of the intellectual horizons                            of the mass public with the spread of information with                            development of the Net, but also as a considerable cultural                            shift in popular culture in that, to use Ansari‘s words,                            ‘… suggest that technological penetration of society                            is far deeper than might be expected’ (Ansari, 2000:65).                            The new generation has found an innovative way to build                            online communities where couples meet to chat, young                            men dress as they wish and young women go uncovered                            without being harassed. Coupled with an internationally                            acclaimed growing popular film industry and striking                            demand for satellite use, Internet appears to further                            complement changes in the way the mass public restlessly                            aspires to interact with the world. As one would expect,                            this broadening of perspective goes beyond mere mundane                            activities. The state-independent depth of the impact                            has to do with the ways in which the Net has also become                            a political arena for dissident groups to voice their                            opinions against the state where in ‘real time’ and                            ‘real space’ they would be limited in doing so.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p>B)                            State responses</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">As mentioned earlier, until recently Internet                            use in Iran has been free of control. Unlike other Middle                            Eastern states, namely, Saudi Arabia and the United                            Arab Emirates<a name="_ednref12" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn12"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[12]<!--[endif]--></a>, Iran has so                            far encouraged the expansion of the Internet, and it                            has actively participated in its development mainly                            on institutional level. This might come as surprise                            since in the other forms of information technology persistent                            measures by the hardliner authorities has produced tough                            policies to circumscribe possible threats posed by the                            ICTs and the mass media. But up to the present moment,                            there has been no systematic strategy to block web sites,                            filter content or clamp down on the use of the Internet                            in Iran. Even when the government closed down more than                            450 cafés in mid-May, just a month before the presidential                            elections 2001, the move was not meant to prevent the                            use of the Internet, but to reduce high-speed access                            to the Net due to the use of low-cost ’voice over IP’                            (VOIP) telephone calls abroad that was, in return, undermining                            TCI‘s revenues (Radio Free Press, 2001, July).<a name="_ednref13" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn13"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[13]<!--[endif]--></a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The role of state involvement is crucial. So far, the Iranian                            state has seen unprecedented changes in its technological                            infrastructure, mainly in the form of creating Internet                            governance. The first step has involved an attempt to                            design e-government programs on the web in order to                            improve the state bureaucracy. This appears to be the                            hallmark of the government’s new policy to decentralize                            the state and improve efficiency as various major governmental                            agencies (e.g. Iran Air, Budget and Planning Organization                            of Iran, Ministry of Energy, National Iranian oil…)                            find themselves online for improved intra-governmental                            interaction and efficient public services.<a name="_ednref14" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn14"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[14]<!--[endif]--></a> The project is still expanding, while additional state-run                            industrial organizations and governmental agencies attain                            full Internet access. Likewise, state institutions are                            finding themselves surfing the Net on the ‘pretext that                            government business necessitates it‘ (Ansari, 2000:                            67). With the policy of Net governance, the Internet                            is not necessarily becoming more governmentalized; it                            would be more appropriate to say that the government                            is becoming more Internetized.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">What the Iranian case shows us is that engagement with the Internet                            by the state is more like encountering a forum in which                            the government finds itself operating as another online                            actor, rather than a regulative force to manipulate                            the discourses online. In this context, there has not                            been a clear-cut government policy for the Internet                            since its introduction in 1993. This is due to state’s                            own ambivalence towards the new information technology                            that has so far facilitated complications to an already                            turbulent political life in Iran. There are, I argue,                            four main reasons for this ambiguity.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">First and foremost, on a practical level, the absence of censorship                            is largely due to technical challenges, in which the                            government has not yet been able to tackle (Radio                            Free Europe 2001, July). This, in comparison, puts                            Iran far behind China’s advanced techno-computer scientific                            infrastructure, where a sophisticated use of reactive                            and proactive measures has affirmed state authority                            in the field of technology. The second obvious advantage                            is the economy. I                            have already touched upon the economic benefits of the                            Internet in tandem with the current privatization policies                            of the state, a factor that has been especially advanced                            in measure since the presidency of Khatami’s in 1997.                            But the Net has impressed the Iranian state in ways                            that other ICTs have failed. The authorities have hailed                            the Internet as a new source to promoting the state                            in attempting to alleviate political pressure while                            projecting an aura of ’modernization’ in engagement                            with the new technology. This is perhaps the most crucial                            point in Iran’s handling of the Net. The positive reaction                            complies with the initial ideological project of the                            Islamic republic to export the revolution around the                            world within the currents of modernity, understood here                            in terms of technological advancements. The Internet                            has been attractive to the authorities, and civic institutions                            associated with the clerical regime, as a potential                            forum for online discourse of ideological propagation.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">First, the Net has become a new site for the government to present                            its ideological perspective on current affairs. This                            stems largely in reference to state sponsored news agencies                            and official civic organizations that aim to promote                            the status of the Islamic republic and the clerical                            authorities around the world.<a name="_ednref15" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn15"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[15]<!--[endif]--></a> The                            state sponsored clerical authorities, for instance,                            in the notoriously conservative cities of Mashad and                            Qom are busy building websites, providing their interpretation                            (tafsir) of the Quran on the homepages.<a name="_ednref16" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn16"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[16]<!--[endif]--></a> There is more to the Net than a simple lucrative                            business. As Ansari explains, ‘…internet use has been                            given a boost in the belief that is the ideal vehicle                            for ‘exporting the revolution.’ He adds, ‘Far from advocating                            an insular purity, many clerics began to argue by embracing                            the new technology and harnessing it to good use as                            they saw it, a more confident Islamic Revolution would                            be better able to spread the word’ (Ansari,                            2000:66). Second, the Internet is providing an opportunity for                            the authorities to propagate the State Shi‘a ideology                            on the web.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">But there is more. By making the Internet available to the mass                            public, the state has found an alternative channel to                            further legitimize its power in the face of internal                            strife over the definition of the revolutionary state.                            The non-censorship policy has been in place, mainly,                            to affirm the original ideology of the Islamic Republic                            by permitting new technologies to extend state authority.                            Instead of a proactive measure, in which the government                            fully participates with the technologies to further                            advance its authority, the Iranian state has maintained                            a passive involvement in the process of the Internet                            development, so far. This is most visible, for instance, in the case                            of ISPs. Though access providers are responsible for                            preventing access to ‘immoral’ or anti-state material,                            for the most part, such legal constraints are merely                            written on paper rather than executed in practice.<a name="_ednref17" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn17"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[17]<!--[endif]--></a> Many Iranian ISPs operate on a relatively free basis,                            at times even openly defying the state by offering ‘Uncensored,                            no Filters’ services (Guardian, 2002, February).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The logic of inactive strategy manifests the essentially ideological                            aspect of the authoritarian regime in terms of promoting                            scientific technology for the benefit of the revolutionary                            ideals. This is so since the Islamic republic is indebted                            to mass media as a major cause for its establishment                            in 1979. Here of course I have in mind the use of audiotape                            as a way to spread the words of the late Ayatollah Khomeini,                            once exiled as a political dissident during the Shah’s                            regime in the 1960‘s and 70‘s. Historically, mass media,                            in particular print media, has played a significant                            role throughout the history of revolutionary Iran- including                            both the constitutional revolution of 1905-09 and the                            Islamic revolution of 1979. As Gheissari notes, in the                            absence of political parties, the media has provided                            the major, and at times the only, forum for political                            actors to express themselves and actively engage in                            political life (Gheissari, 1998, 78-84). In fact, for                            over a century revolutionary Iran has been a virtual                            community with the mass media, producing invisible communities                            of political actors. The development of the Internet                            in this sense has simply extended that historical process,                            rather than introduce a new era. What makes the Internet                            an interesting development in relation to authoritarian                            state-building is that it has in fact actualized the                            common and invisible (virtual) public spaces, in which                            political relations occur, and which everyday life undergo                            an experience of constant process of virtuality.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This point is further complicated as the revolutionary state                            continues to experience a crisis of legitimacy. The                            conflict was unleashed with the election of Khatami                            to presidency in 1997. Mainly backed by the general                            public, civic organizations and the intellectual community,                            all critical of the very political validity ofVelayat-e Faqih (the guardianship of jurisconsult)-                            the political dogma behind the Islamic Republic, Khatami‘s                            presidency has brought to life an energetic political                            force by emphasizing the rule of law and civil society,                            Jama’ah Madani, as requisites to a free society.<a name="_ednref18" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn18"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[18]<!--[endif]--></a> As part of these challenges, thinkers like                            Kadivar, Soroush and Shabestari, advocated a pluralistic form of sovereignty amid a changing                            environment of political discontent with the Islamic                            Republic.<a name="_ednref19" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn19"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[19]<!--[endif]--></a> Their main                            concern was directed at the non-democratic institutions                            of the state, in particular the non-elected elites that                            identify authoritarian elements in the political establishment.                            Meanwhile, the student protest of the summer of 1999                            opened up the arena of political dissent to the grass-root                            youth organizations. By basing itself on mass-based                            popular support, the reformist movement marked a unique                            period in the history of revolutionary Iran with the                            potential to challenge the stability of clerical regime. Although experiencing harsh responses from the                            conservative authorities, the movement has emerged to                            redefine the foundation of the Islamic Republic.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This crisis of legitimacy emerges within a complex political                            system. Since the revolution of 1979, Iran has witnessed                            the institutionalization of two significantly distinct                            political arms of authority, that is the elected Majlis (parliament) and the presidency on the one hand, and                            an appointed branch, namely the clerical office of Velayat-e                            Faqih, a deputy representing the Hidden Mahdi, the                            Twelfth Imam of the Shi‘a religion.<a name="_ednref20" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn20"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[20]<!--[endif]--></a>rd movement,                            has re-emerged to circumscribe the challenges posed                            by the conservative faction.  The institutionalization of a twin-state structured                            political authority reflects the complicated coexistence                            of the secular, the elected branch, and the appointed                            elite, the religious figure, representing the ultimate                            status of sovereignty. It was within this complex system                            of political and religious co-existence that inherently                            led the way to conflict as the two spheres of governance                            began to redefine their political positions within the                            state apparatus and, more importantly, on the constitutional                            level. With the re-election of Khatami to the presidency                            in 2001, the crisis has intensified as the dynamic reformist                            currents, known as the May 23</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The recent attacks by the hard-line authorities on the reformists                            print media have become a testimony to this crisis.                            This can be identified with the polarization of Iranian                            political culture, especially after the 6th<a name="_ednref21" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn21"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[21]<!--[endif]--></a> Coupled with the rapid growth in the publication of                            magazines and newspapers since 1997, the mass media                            has witnessed an unprecedented shift in the development                            of civic associations predominantly emerging from the                            reformist camp (Menashir, 2001:131-152). Given the popularity                            of the press and the dangers posed to the authorities,                            the conservatives have taken measures to ban news agencies                            and imprison some of the reformist leaders in charge.                            Crackdown on the reformist press has not only generated                            resentment between the factions within the state institutions,                            such as tensions between the parliament and Assembly                            of Exports (a branch that monitors and appoints the                            supreme leader), but also signaled the hardliner’s determination                            to block the reformist attempts to challenge the establishment                            via the mass media.<a name="_ednref22" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn22"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[22]<!--[endif]--></a> But the friction continues to persist as reformists                            carry on to publish material critical of the conservative                            authorities, while the conservatives continue to press                            to ban reformist news-papers. These tensions, however,                            demonstrate that the press has become an ongoing battle                            ground for the political adversaries struggling for                            legitimacy as the Iranian society continues to experience                            greater changes with the on-going political crisis. parliamentarian election in March 2000 when the conservatives                            launched a series of clampdowns on the reformist-dominated                            press in a way to tackle the threat of opposition. The                            move came about towards the end of the 1990 when the                            print press increasingly expanded its public domain                            with Khatami‘s election victory.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">How relevant is the Internet to this conflict? The fact that                            the Internet has been uncensored-so far at least- allows                            us to acknowledged its unique significance in this political                            ambience of competing ideals. The Internet marks an                            alternative platform for the reformists to challenge                            their antagonist for a war of words, expanding the crisis                            in ways that could have not been possible in previous                            political settings. Consider the famous case of Ayatollah                            Montazeri, a dissident cleric once in line to be Iran’s                            supreme leader. Montazeri shocked the conservatives                            in December 2000 when he put his 600-page memoir on                            the Internet (http://www.montazeri,com/),                            criticizing the ideological foundation of the state.                            The 81 years old Ayatollah, who was chosen to succeed                            after the death of Ayatollah Khomeini, expressed his                            fierce opposition not only against the current leader,                            Ayatollah Ali Khamenehi, but the very political dogma                            of Velayat-e faqih online, considered blasphemous                            in the eyes of the hardliners. Where the political has                            become more of a limited pursuit in the ’real’ spaces                            of everyday life, where decision-making processes are                            constrained under the forces of constitutionally enforced                            authoritarian state institutions, the Internet has opened                            a new domestic arena of contestation, accommodating                            numerous dissident civic organizations online.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In other cases, journalists and pro-reformists have all found                            something interesting on the Net. Consider the following cases. Akbar Ganji, a pro-reformist journalist, and                            Saed Ibrahim Nabavi, a prominent reformist, jailed since                            the parliamentary elections, have gone online to battle                            with the authorities in cyberspace.<a name="_ednref23" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn23"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[23]<!--[endif]--></a>gooya.com (Dareini, 2001, May).<a name="_ednref24" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn24"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[24]<!--[endif]--></a> The letter was later electronically sent to the Associated                            Press for world attention. Their efforts                            come about as political actors outside of the country                            play a key role in mounting campaigns for their freedom.                            This is meanwhile greater challenge emerges from the                            least expected quarters. Here, the case of Mohsen Sazgara                            is also worth a mention. A leading reformist, Sazgara                            puts online his daring letter to the supreme leader                            of the Islamic Republic on the freedom of speech, on                            the popular Iranian website,</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The most interesting step in highlighting                            the effect of the Internet in the Iranian society was                            marked by the May 1997 presidential election. On the                            level of mass political participation, in an unprecedented                            way, the 1997 elections saw the meeting of the two candidates,                            Mohamad Khatami (http://www.khatami.com) and the runner-up Majlis speaker, Ntegh-Nuri (http://nategh.co.ir) on the Net.<a name="_ednref25" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn25"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[25]<!--[endif]--></a> While the two candidates fought their votes for presidency,                            the most important impact, however, appeared on the grass-root level: the student movement. the Internet                            played a significant role in the uprising of the summer                            2000, when students mobilized their opposition against                            the conservatives in chatrooms, organizing meetings,                            interacting and communicating electronically as the                            state continued to close down public places, in particular                            the university.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In reaction to these serious challenges posed by the Internet,                            it should be obvious that the authority’s response would                            be an harsh one. In an already fractional state, the                            conservatives are now taking reactive measures to counter                            the political impact of the Internet. Recently, however,                            Judiciary chief, Ayatollah Shahroudi, has called for                            ‘establishment of a special committee for legal investigation                            on Internet-related crimes and offenses’, proposing                            legal measures concerning the creation of a new legal                            office that deals especially with Internet-related offenses                            (Reuters, 2002, November). Although resistance                            is certain to appear once debate reaches the parliament,                            an attempt has been made by the authorities to create                            a national Intranet under the auspices of TCI (MEED, 2001, November). With this move, the conservative elites                            are beginning to acknowledge the significance of the                            new information technology as something more than a                            mere means of communication to spreading information;                            they are realizing its potential as a new political                            forum, wherein the state is challenged in more complicated                            ways than expected. As Ahmad Janati, a senior cleric,                            puts it, the Internet is like a ‘poison poured into                            the mouth of the people’. He adds, ‘The child who has                            been poisoned is taken to the hospital and treated’,                            but this kind of poison ‘is not easy to remedy…even                            with 100 doctors at the bedside’ (Menashri, 2001: 190).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p>Conclusion</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">What the development of the Internet in Iran demonstrates is the                            way in which diverse oppositional groups, sectors and                            civic associations participate in a struggle against                            their opponents within a distinctive space qualifying                            for a peculiar form of political interaction. Here resistance lies at                            the heart of the political process present on the Net.                            While the state attempts to counter or circumscribe                            forms of dissent online, opposition (re) emerges in                            the most invisible and indirect forms to undermine the                            authoritarian state. Even more importantly, the state itself experiences                            a radical change once engaging with the Internet, as                            the dispositional feature of cyberspace breaks down                            the very authority that the state aims to extend in                            virtual reality. The Iranian case demonstrates that,                            as a result of a crisis of legitimacy in an authoritarian                            state, the adversaries in cyberspace can turn political                            strife within a decentralized and disembodied virtual                            space.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">On                            the relationship between the Internet and authoritarian                            states, this paper has left many critical issues untouched.                            While attempting to argue for an alternative conception                            of computer based information technologies as a source                            for the formation of a new form of polity, I have not,                            for instance, discussed the impact of CMC on stratification                            processes in terms of class and status production online.                            For the moment I maintain though that any decisive judgment                            about the new technology is still too premature. Having                            said that, I think what is important to bear in mind                            is not just the limitations, mainly induced by perceptible                            ways we encounter the new technology, but long-term                            latent transformation that can be deciphered only in                            due course of time.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">One can still view the Internet development as a new potential                            form of political activity in such that disempowered                            groups and grass-roots movements find an alternative                            space to become part of the political process. Despite                            the constant accusation of elitism regarding the Internet,                            there is still considerable evidence to show that the                            new technology is significantly penetrating societies                            on grass-root level.<a name="_ednref26" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_edn26"><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[26]<!--[endif]--></a> With the case                            of Iran, the future relationship between the Internet                            and democracy still remains in the process of making;                            but, more importantly, the process also shows the continuous                            unmaking of authoritarian establishments.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">In the Transparent Society (1992), Gianni Vattimo                            argued that mass media, including computer information                            technologies, play a significant role in the emergence                            of a new form of political society. It is not that they                            make society more ‘transparent, but more complex, even                            chaotic, and finally that it is in precisely this relative                            ‘chaos’ that our hopes for emancipation lie.’ (Vattimo,                            1992: 4). The chaos that Vattimo heralds here is, in                            what I regard, the promise of a new political reality                            in a virtual space of alternative political power. Here                            both the Internet and the political currents in Iran                            show us a new democratic possibility for political action                            in a world that appears to offer no other alternatives.                            In the title of the paper, I have used the term ‘revolutionary’                            rather that ‘post-revolutionary’ Iran; in respect to                            the Internet, by this I hope to show that there is still                            a revolution underway, however silent it may be.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal"><!--[if !supportEmptyParas]--></p>
<p>Notes</p></div>
<div>
<hr size="1" /><!--[endif]--></p>
<div id="edn1">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn1" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref1"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[1]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> This does not mean that China merely limits its                              strategy to a proactive method to monitor the Internet.                              It is interesting to note, as Boas and Kalathil explain,                              China has also been filtering material for deemed                              politically sensitive material on the Web. These are                              done by mostly block or subvert critical information                              against the regime in place of state propaganda. In                              case of chat rooms, Chinese Server Providers employ                              censor administrators to keep an eye on the material                              from bulletin boards. See Boas &amp; Kalathil (2001:                              6).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn2">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn2" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref2"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[2]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> China appears to be the only state that is forcefully                              pursuing this strategy on a global scale. This move                              by China is not so much to prevent the rise of domestic                              political opposition via the Net, but an overall endeavor                              to develop the state’s military technology on a competitive                              basis with the U.S. See Ming Zhang (1999,Nov-Dec:                              16-18).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn3">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn3" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref3"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[3]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Quoting statistics from Pyramid Research, however,                              the Middle East Economic Digest (MEED) suggests that                              Iran is rapidly increasing its Internet users form                              250,000 in 2000 to 450,000 in 2001, a changing ratio                              of 30% for every six months that could reach 1.2 million                              by the year 2003 (<em>MEED</em>, 2001, November). This                              is to bear in mind that much of the current rapid                              change is taking place in the context of, what Braude                              calls, ‘antiquated copper cable-based telecommunications                              infrastructure’ that is currently being renovated                              by the telecommunication Company of Iran (TCI) in                              order to keep up with the growing demands (<em>Radio                              Free Europe</em>, 2001, July).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn4">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn4" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref4"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[4]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> The central objective for DARPA (The Defense Advanced                              Research Program Agency) in introducing computer mediated                              communication in the late 60’s was mainly to share                              information by way of electronic mail from one person                              to another. However, this mailing process was quickly                              transformed into mailing lists as each message often                              contained information to be shared by more than one                              user. Usenet, as collection or repository of numerous                              newsgroups available on the Internet, can be traced                              back to the early 70s when bulletin boards marked                              the emergence of the first subscribed mailing list,                              dialed through regular telephone line with a computer                              modem connected to another computer.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn5">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn5" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref5"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[5]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> As the case of banning the satellite dishes demonstrate,                              the state has the ability and the will to quickly                              mobilize against the use of new media technologies                              as potential threats to the establishment. But increasing                              demand for western programs, the government ban on                              the use of satellite was futile. It did not take long                              for the state to discover the flourishing illegal                              use of satellite dishes, along with fax machines,                              DVD drives and video programs, as it proved little                              point in attempting to curtail the ongoing expansion                              of the new technology in the country.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn6">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn6" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref6"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[6]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> It is interesting that the reasons for the inexpensive                              computer products in Iran have to do primarily with                              the U.S. embargo on Iran. Since its inauguration back                              in the hostage crisis and extended with the Iran-Libya                              Act (ILSA) in 1996, the embargo has forced the private                              technology sector of Iran to seek the acquisition                              and maintenance of satellite and computer equipments,                              such as software and technical parts in the pirate                              market of south Asia, hence providing cheaper access                              to computer technology.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn7">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;"><a name="_edn7" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref7"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[7]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Friction between state agencies and private Internet                              providers, mainly service sectors, intensified once                              the current state Telecommunication Company closed                              down a number of Internet Coffee shops after discovering                              that many were using online services to call abroad.                              This was due mainly to the cheap availability of international                              connections via the Internet that simply won out over                              rates offered by TCI.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn8">
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-align:justify;" align="left"><a name="_edn8" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref8"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[8]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Ahmad Motamedi, the minister of telecommunications                              tells BBC, ‘We are now taking our first steps towards                              privitization and establishing regulatory policy which                              would allow the entry of the private sector’. See BBC article ‘Iran to open telecoms market’,                              BBC (2001, November). This would mark a crucial step                              by the state towards privatizing the economy, as communication                              technology in Iran faces urgent need of infrastructure                              upgrading.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn9">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn9" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref9"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[9]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Consider the case of APADANA, a private ISP based                              outside of Iran, offering Web services (including                              Java programming and email services) while providing                              virtual domain services with Internet access in Iran                              and abroad. For more on Iran’s ISPs see the following                              site: <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.iranispassociation.com/">www.iranispassociation.com</a></span></span>,                              an umbrella organization for dozens private providers.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn10">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn10" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref10"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[10]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Fathi notes, ‘Nearly every university in the nation                              is now wired to the global network, as are hundreds                              of elementary and high schools (<em>International Herald                              Tribune</em>, 2002, August).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn11">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn11" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref11"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[11]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> This is made mainly in reference to the rise of                              ‘coffee-nets’ where the use of voice chat has become                              an inexpensive way for the young to have conversation                              online, as the Islamic state continues to impose its                              moral guideline for the separation of the sexes in                              the public places. As Shams notes, much of the success                              of the Iranian ISPs rests in the growing demand of                              the younger population for the use of the Internet-                              a point I shall turn to in due course (<em>Web</em>,                              2001).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn12">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn12" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref12"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[12]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> See Human Rights Watch, <em>The Internet in the Middle                              East and North Africa: Free Expression and Censorship</em> (New York, Human Rights Watch, 1999).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn13">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn13" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref13"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[13]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> The main objective in this case was to reduce the                              loss of international long-distance profits caused                              by the popular use of (VOIP). See the article ‘Internet                              is Transforming Iran’ (<em>Radio Free Europe, </em>2001,                              July).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn14">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn14" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref14"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[14]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> As of 1994, 10% of the governmental agencies were                              already provided with network technologies, though                              the percentage has increased, especially with the                              election of Khatami to power in 1997.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn15">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn15" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref15"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[15]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> See, for instance, state-run news websites like                              <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.kayhannews.com/">http://www.kayhannews.com/</a></span></span> or <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.irna.com/">http://www.irna.com/</a></span></span>.                              For the official site of the Ayatollah Khamenai, the                              spiritual leader of the Islamic Republic, at the city                              of Qom see <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.wilayah.org.com/">http://www.wilayah.org.com/</a></span></span>.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn16">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn16" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref16"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[16]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> See <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.hawzah.net-eng-default.htm/">http://www.hawzah.net-eng-default.htm/</a></span></span> , or <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.balagh.net,islamicpropagationofficeoftheislamicseminaryofqom.com/">http://www.balagh.net,IslamicPropagationOfficeoftheIslamicSeminaryofQom.com/</a></span></span>.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn17">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn17" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref17"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[17]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> An Internet provider is required by law to ask the                              user to sign an agreement not to access to ‘immoral’                              material.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn18">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn18" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref18"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[18]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> The doctrine of <em>Velayat-e Faqih</em> was introduced                              by Khomanie in his 1971 book, <em>Hukumat- I Islami </em>(Islamic government), where he argued that Islam                              is self-sufficiently capable of establishing laws                              for government and administration to shaping a just                              society. In absence of the twelfth Imam, a <em>faqih, </em>or the high cleric, is responsible to govern justly                              and rule over an Islamic society in place of the absent                              Imam according to the sacred laws of Quran and the                              Tradition. The doctrine was put in practice after                              the 1979 referendum in support of an Islamic state.                              See Heinz (1997).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn19">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn19" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref19"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[19]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> It is worth noting that many of the dissident intellectuals                              were ardent participants in the 1979 revolution and                              even took offices in the Islamic state-at least in                              its formative years, 1980-88. Soroush for instance                              worked for the state university and strongly advocated                              the ideals of <em>Velayat-e Faqih, </em>as preached                              by the late Ayatollah Khomeini. For a recent study of Soroush’s intellectual                              life see Boroujerdi (1996).</p>
</div>
<div id="edn20">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn20" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref20"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[20]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> By ‘Shi’a religion’ I mean the Imami sect of Twelver                              Shi’sm.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn21">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn21" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref21"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[21]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> It is interesting to point out here that some of                              the independent news agencies have gone online, producing                              their printed material while publishing it on the                              web. For a good example, see <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.hamshahri.com/">http://www.hamshahri.com</a></span></span>.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn22">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn22" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref22"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[22]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> According to the constitution, the Assembly of Experts                              is the only foundation in the government that stands                              over the supreme leadership, supervising his actions                              and checking his performances. Given the fact that                              traditionally the conservatives have dominated the                              branch identifies a deeper level of factionalism inherent                              in the political system of the Islamic Republic.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn23">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn23" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref23"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[23]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Akbar Ganji, one of the leading journalists and                              contributors to the reformist’s journal of Rah-e Now,                              Tehran weekly, was jailed in April 2000 for accusing                              the former president Rafsanjani on the internet for                              the chain murder of writers and intellectuals in 1998.                              Saed Ibrahim Nabavi, a satirist and a writer, jailed                              for his daring approach towards the conservative establishment                              in 2000. See websites: <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.akbarganji.com/">http://www.akbarganji.com/</a></span></span> and                              <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.nabavi.online.com/">http://www.nabavi.online.com</a></span></span>.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn24">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn24" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref24"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[24]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> In this letter, Sazgara directly blames the supreme                              leader for some of the major problems in the country.                              There he argues that Khamenehi’s repressive policy                              towards the journalists and intellectuals has brought                              ‘enmity’ for the Iranian people, encoring dictatorship                              and stifling freedom of expression.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn25">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn25" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref25"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[25]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> In fact, the result of the elections were announced                              ‘live’ on the web site of the Iranian government,                              meanwhile state-independent news agencies, like Hamshahri,                              and state official press organizations, like Ettela’at,                              competed for the latest report.</p>
</div>
<div id="edn26">
<p class="MsoNormal"><a name="_edn26" href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/rahimib.htm#_ednref26"><sup><!--[if !supportFootnotes]-->[26]<!--[endif]--></sup></a> Consider the case of Zimbabwe, where the democratic opposition has resisted Robert Mugabe’s                              regime and its monopoly of information in the rural                              regions by e-mailing daily news bulleting to other                              rural sites, where they are printed and distributed                              by children on bikes. See (<em>Economists</em>, 2001,                              April 7-13).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><!--[if !supportEmptyParas]--> <!--[endif]--></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="font-size:14pt;">References </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span style="font-size:14pt;"><!--[if !supportEmptyParas]--> <!--[endif]--></span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Books</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Ansari,                              Ali, M. (2000). <em>Iran, Islam and Democracy: The                              Politics of Managing Change. </em>London: The Royal                              Institute Affairs.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Boroujerdi,                              Mehrzad. (1996) <em>Iranian Intellectuals and the West:                              The Tormented Triumph of Nativism. </em>Syracuse: Syracuse                              University Press.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Gheissari,                              Ali. (1998) <em>Iranian Intellectuals in the 20th Century.</em> Austin: University of Texas, 1998.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Heinz,                              Halm. (Tr.) Brown, Allision (1997). <em>Shi’a Islam:                              From Religion to Revolution. </em>Princeton: Markus                              Wiener Publishers. <strong></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Keck,                              Margarat &amp; Sikknik, Kathryn. (1988). <em>Activists                              beyond Borders: Advocacy Networks in International                              Politics. </em>Ithaca: Cornell University Press.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Khomeini,                              Ruholla. (1979) <em>Islamic Government. </em>Springfield,                              Va: Reproduced by National Technological Information                              Service, U.S. Department of Commerce.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Menasheri,                              David. (2001) <em>Post-Revolutionary Politics in Iran:                              Religion, Society, and Power. </em></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Vattimo,                              Giani. (Tr) Webs, David. (1992) <em>The Transparent                              Society. </em>Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><!--[if !supportEmptyParas]--> <!--[endif]--></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Articles And Articles from Internet Database</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">(1999)<em>The</em> <em>Internet in The Middle East                              and Africa: free expression and censorship</em>. The                              Human Rights Watch. New York. Web site: <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.hrw.org/advocacy/internet/mena/html">http://www.hrw.org/advocacy/internet/mena/html</a></span></span>.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Boas,                              Taylor and Kalathil, Shanthi. (2001) “The Internet                              and State Control in Authoritarian Regimes: China,                              Cuba and Counter-Revolution.” Retrieved from http://www.ceip/org/files/publications/wp21.asp-html.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Ming,                              Zahng. (2000) ‘War without rules’, <em>Bulletin of                              the Atomic Scientific</em>: November-December, volume                              55, number 6.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Shams,                              Korush. (2001) ‘This time, the culprit is the Internet’                              (in Persian), <em>Web</em>, 19, February.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">(2001),                              ‘Biking the Samizdat’, <em>Economist</em>: April 7-13.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">(2001),                              ‘Internet is Transforming Iran’, <em>Radio Free Europe</em>:                              July. Retrieved <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:blue;"><a href="http://www.rferl.org/welcome/english/releases/2001/07/44-160701.html">http://www.rferl.org/welcome/english/releases/2001/07/44-160701.html</a></span></span>.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">(2001)                              ‘Iran Clamps down on Internet‘ , <em>Middle East Digest</em>,                              V. 47, N. 47, November.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Hammersley,                              Ben. (2002). ‘Iran Nets Another Revolt‘. <em>Guardian</em>:                              February. Website: http://www.guardian.co.uk/online/story/0,3605,653282,00.html.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">(2002),                              ‘Iran to open telecom market’, <em>BBC</em>: November.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Sedarat,                              Firouz. (2002), ‘Iran Move to Monopolize Internet                              Access Draws Fire’, <em>Reuter: </em>November. <em></em></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">(2002), ’Iran flirting and frank discussions online,                              with no controls’, <em>International Herald Tribune, </em>August.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><!--[if !supportEmptyParas]--> <!--[endif]--></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The author may be contacted via email to <a href="mailto:%20brahimi77@hotmail.com">brahimi77@hotmail.com</a></p>
</div>
</div>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/47/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/47/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=47&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/internet-and-the-state-the-rise-of-cyberdemocracy-in-revolutionary-iran/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Digital Revolt: Resistance &amp; Agency on the Net</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/the-digital-revolt-resistance-agency-on-the-net/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/the-digital-revolt-resistance-agency-on-the-net/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:14:14 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Internet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cyber-activism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Israel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Palestine]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=38</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Will Taggart, University of Arkansas Adapted from a paper delivered at a symposium on &#8220;Indigenous Cyber-Activism and Virtual Diasporas over the World Wide Web. Gothenburg, Sweden. June 9, 2001. I would like to open with a vignette taken from anarchist philosopher Hakim Bey: &#8220;In the late 18th or early 19th century a group of runaway [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=38&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><strong>Will                        Taggart</strong>, University of Arkansas<!-- #EndEditable --><span style="font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
</span><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" --><span>Adapted                        from a paper delivered at a symposium on &#8220;Indigenous                        Cyber-Activism and Virtual Diasporas over the World Wide                        Web. Gothenburg, Sweden. June 9, 2001.</span> <!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<h4><strong> </strong></h4>
<p>I would like to open with a vignette taken from anarchist                        philosopher Hakim <span class="SpellE">Bey</span>:</p>
<blockquote><p><span>&#8220;In the late 18th or early 19th                          century a group of runaway slaves and serfs fled from                          Kentucky into the Ohio Territory, where they inter-married                          with Natives and formed a tribe &#8211; red, white &amp; black                          &#8211; called the Ben Ishmael tribe. The Ishmaels (who seem                          to have been <span class="SpellE"><span class="GramE">Islamically</span></span> inclined) followed an annual nomadic route                          through the territory, hunting &amp; fishing, and finding                          work as tinkers and minstrels. They were polygamists,                          and drank no alcohol. Every winter they returned to their                          original settlement, where a village had grown</span><span>.</span></p>
<p><span>&#8220;But eventually the US Govt. opened                        the Territory to settlement, and the official pioneers arrived.                        Around the Ishmael village a town began to spring up, called                        Cincinnati.                        Soon it was a big city. But Ishmael village was still there,                        engulfed &amp; surrounded by &#8220;civilization.&#8221; Now                        it was a slum. </span><span>&#8220;Hasn&#8217;t something similar happened                          to the Internet? The original freedom-loving hackers &amp;                          guerrilla <span class="SpellE">informationists</span>, the                          true pioneers of cyberspace, are still there. But they                          have been surrounded by a vastness of virtual &#8220;development,&#8221;                          and reduced to a kind of ghetto. True, for a while the                          slums remain colorful &#8211; one can go there for a &#8220;good                          time,&#8221; strum a banjo, spark up a romance. Folkways                          survive. One remembers the old days, the freedom to wander,                          the sense of openness. But History has gone&#8230; somewhere                          else. Capital has moved on.&#8221; (<span class="SpellE">Bey</span> 1996)</span></p></blockquote>
<p>On October 6,                        2000, a group of Israeli hackers succeeded in                        shutting down the website of the <span class="SpellE">Hizbollah</span>,                        setting off an international cyber-conflict unprecedented                        in its scale and sophistication (<a href="http://www.idefense.com/"><span class="SpellE">iDefense</span> 2001</a>).                        Various transnational groups of hackers and &#8220;defacers&#8221;                        split along nationalistic, religious, and ethnic lines have                        joined the conflict in reaction to competing media accounts                        of the most recent uprising in the West Bank                        and Gaza, alternately                        known as the second or Al-<span class="SpellE">Aqsa</span> <span class="SpellE">Intifada</span>. <span id="more-38"></span>These marginalized communities, &#8220;ghettoized&#8221;                        and set apart from the mainstream of an increasingly capitalistic                        Internet, are an interesting test for recent theoretical                        formulations of &#8220;imagined&#8221; <span class="SpellE">translocal</span> communities (Anderson 1983), <span class="SpellE">postdiscursive</span> colonies, and <span class="SpellE">postnational</span> formations                        (<span class="SpellE">Appadurai</span> 1996). The actors in                        this conflict &#8211; virtual scions of the digital ghetto &#8211; utilize                        their &#8220;primordial&#8221; taxonomic divisions (Foucault                        1970) as a means to channel their disruptive and essentially                        anarchist impulses. Appeals to nationalistic, humanitarian,                        and religious ideologies, while important, serve primarily                        as alibis by which the actors may demonstrate their skill                        and continue to play the &#8220;game&#8221; of taunting their                        neighbors in the virtual ghetto, thereby accruing status                        in their shared, <span class="SpellE">translocal</span> communities                        &#8211; i.e., the digital undergrounds. Their actions are folkways,                        resistances.</p>
<p>That the members of these communities are ghettoized &#8220;<span class="SpellE">netizens</span>&#8221;                        is perhaps not obvious at first glance. <a href="/Documents%20and%20Settings/Jon/My%20Documents/GU/NMIT/papers/wtaggert.htm#appendix">Website                        defacement connected with the Al-Aqsa Intifada</a> is comparable                        to gang and hip-hop graffiti; they call into question the                        formation of relationships between art, artists, and resistance                        movements; and they lead us to question how we know and                        what we see on the web. How is our vision/discourse limited,                        and what is the role/agency of technology in this process?</p>
<h4>Some Background</h4>
<p>In the early 1990s, only a few options existed for online                        discourse. <span class="SpellE">Compuserve</span>, E-mail and <span class="SpellE">BBSs</span> (dial-up                        bulletin board systems) were certainly important, as was                        the IRC (Internet Relay Chat) and <span class="SpellE">MUDs</span> (multi-user dungeons). One of the most important <span class="GramE">arenas</span> online at the time was the Usenet and its <span class="SpellE">NetNews</span> discussion groups.</p>
<p>These groups were arranged alphabetically; and since there                        were only a few hundred (or maybe a couple of thousand)                        groups, each group was for the most part equally visible.                        Each member therefore possessed equal voice and agency.                        Visibility was parallel, rather than hierarchical as it                        is today with the widespread dependence on search engines                        for the production and dissemination of ranked information.                        (There are exceptions to this structure: for example <a href="http://www.dmoz.org/">dmoz.org</a> is a human generated directory of the web, and <a href="http://www.map.net/">map.net</a> offers a visual non-hierarchical map of the web.) There                        were narratives, interactions, and discussions among group                        members. The groups were small and manageable. Content was                        <span class="GramE">key,</span> and there were no advertisements,                        no banner ads. Capital had yet to encroach upon the underground.                        <span class="SpellE">alt.hackers</span>, <span class="SpellE">alt.phreakers</span>, <span class="SpellE">alt.cyberpunk</span>, <span class="SpellE">alt.viruses</span>—each                        were a forums for discussion and information trading and                        mportant gateways into the higher, more exclusive circles                        of the underground(s).</p>
<p>These communities are now neglected and largely forgotten.                        The work of the defacers I study is a means by which these                        communities reassert themselves in the vast matrix of information                        by occupying the space (sites) set aside for others. These                        &#8220;occupations&#8221; serve as initiatory rites for the                        defacer community and expressions of resistance against                        an Internet dominated by corporate interests. The defacers                        circumvent the usual paths of knowledge on the web most                        often mediated by corporate &#8220;search engines&#8221; like                        <a href="http://www.google.com/"><span class="SpellE">google</span></a> and <a href="http://www.yahoo.com/">yahoo</a> by                        engaging broader transnational <span class="SpellE">mediascapes</span>.                        The world press, for example, has taken note of their exploits                        and by this process these groups gain visibility and agency                        on the Web. Ways of knowing are reconfigured as information                        is pirated and realigned by these groups.</p>
<p>The sub<span class="SpellE">altern</span> status of these                        groups is reflected in their language, specific to the hacker/defacer                        <span class="SpellE">undergound</span>(s). &#8220;<span class="SpellE">Fuckz</span>&#8221;                        are given to opponents as defacers taunt their rivals; &#8220;<span class="SpellE">Greetz</span>&#8221; are given to those individuals and groups with                        which they align themselves. These attributions, written                        into many defaces, serve almost as a genealogy of these                        groups and (meta)groups and remind one of liner notes and                        the content of some hip-hop music, where rappers give &#8220;props&#8221;                        and &#8220;shout out&#8221; to their friends in the scene,                        and deride their enemies. Like rappers, these defacers see                        themselves as confronting the hegemonic discourses of everyday                        life and their (oppressed) positions.</p>
<p>This system of establishing group memberships and alliances                        and identifying enemies is explicitly mirrored in gang and                        hip-hop graffiti, brilliantly explored by Susan Phillips                        in her 1999 ethnography of gangs and graffiti in Los Angeles,<em> <span class="SpellE">Wallbangin</span>’</em> (1999).                        In her book, Phillips notes seven distinct characteristics                        of graffiti that set it apart from other media (first derived                        by another writer Armando Silva). These are marginality,                        anonymity, spontaneity, elements of the setting (space,                        design, and color), speed, precariousness (the use of cheap,                        easy to obtain materials) and finally <span class="SpellE"><em>fugacidad</em></span>,                        the fleeting nature of the marks—<span class="SpellE">ephemerality</span>.                        Website defacements bear more than a formal resemblance                        to graffiti defined by these characteristics. However, graffiti                        production differs from website defacement in some basic                        ways. Phillips had the luxury of visiting her interlocutors                        in the flesh, passing around a forty, talking spontaneously.                        While graffiti artists typically use <span class="SpellE">Krylon</span> spray paint, website defacers use HTML and JavaScript. Both                        graffiti and website defaces are ephemeral; graffiti, however,                        typically lasts much longer; web defacements usually only                        last for a few hours at the maximum. Despite the similarities                        between their <span class="GramE">art</span>, the artists                        producing graffiti and hacked websites differ in important                        ways. Most of the hackers involved in defacing websites                        are not familiar with each other in any local way—they                        do not know each other in the flesh; their communication                        is limited and bounded by electronic communication. So the                        neighborhood dynamics of graffiti production are absent                        within these &#8220;virtual&#8221; communities.</p>
<p>Transnational networks of like-minded individuals have                        certainly existed for centuries if not for millennia (<span class="SpellE">Ghosh</span> 1994); however, the virtual communities of hackers/defacers                        possess characteristics that set them apart from transnational                        networks of times past. The most important distinction from                        earlier transnational networks i<span class="GramE">s</span> that they can operate in virtual simultaneity and can react                        to media constructions around them with immediacy and coordination.                        They can meet in virtual space and devise strategies and                        without relying on long-delayed mail service or inadequate                        &#8211; not to mention expensive &#8211; international telephone calls.                        These groups are also reacting to the same sorts of information                        from the international media including the Internet, <a href="http://cnn.com/">CNN</a>, etc. So the element of a more completely shared                        experience is one that earlier groups must have lacked by                        comparison.</p>
<h4><strong>&#8220;Play,&#8221; Resistance, and Identity</strong></h4>
<p>Until last month [May 2001], participants in the &#8220;game&#8221;                        (as one of the members of the m0sad team put it, defacing                        websites is, &#8220;just a kid&#8217;s game&#8221;) of defacing                        websites, two virtual locales stood out: <a href="http://www.attrition.org/">attrition.org</a> and its defacement mirror, along with its twin site, <a href="http://www.alldas.de/"><span class="SpellE">alldas.de</span></a>, sat at the center of the defacer universe and                        served as the basis for the entire defacer community. But                        last month, attrition.org shut down its defacement mirror,                        due to an incredible increase in defacement activity. The                        volunteers who maintained the site could no longer keep                        up with the volume of hacked sites pouring into their in-boxes                        anymore; they reported that they were getting 100+ reports                        of defacements everyday. As a non-profit organization, the                        webmasters of attrition could not afford to divert this                        much attention away from their jobs and everyday lives.                        As they put it in a statement entitled &#8220;EVOLUTION,&#8221;                        they had &#8220;done their time.&#8221; Immediately, my thoughts                        ran back to the <span class="SpellE">Ishmaelites</span>. The                        guerrilla <span class="SpellE">informationists</span> were                        being marginalized, they were on the verge of extinction,                        and at the same time, they were growing. <span class="SpellE">Alldas.de</span> is now the only focal point for defacers, making the community                        that much more vulnerable. If <span class="SpellE">alldas.de</span> goes down (and sites like this often do go down                        periodically, due to the enormous number of denial-of-service                        attacks these sites endure) then the public manifestation                        of the hacker/defacer community evaporates.</p>
<p>Webster&#8217;s dictionary defines indigenous as &#8220;having                        originated in and being produced, growing, or living naturally                        in a particular region or environment.&#8221; This definition                        is typically meant to indicate people living in <em>physical</em> environments, usually bounded by certain geographical constructs                        (e.g., the <span class="SpellE">Sami</span>, the Inuit, Native                        Americans, Australian aborigines, etc.) and unified by language                        and culture. However, I believe that indigenous could properly                        refer to the groups that I am studying, who are unified                        within the <span class="SpellE">cyberspatial</span> nexuses                        of their activity (in this case <span class="SpellE">alldas.de</span> and until last month attrion.org). These hacker/defacer                        communities could therefore be called indigenous peoples                        of the Internet, since it is the Net that allowed these                        groups to grow and &#8220;live.&#8221; Their communities are                        unique and valuable sites of cultural production; that these                        sites can disappear so easily is disconcerting to say the                        least. In a keystroke, they could completely disappear.</p>
<p>These sites give space to <span class="SpellE">Hitlerites</span>,                        Pakistani nationalists, radical environmentalists, anti-capitalists,                        anarchists, and those playing the &#8220;game&#8221; simply                        for the challenge and the opportunity to demonstrate their                        knowledge and skill all found a (virtual) home at these                        sites, which, I would suggest, constituted the public <span class="SpellE">diasporic</span> spheres formulated by <span class="SpellE">Appadurai</span> (1996). On any given day, dozens (now hundreds) of websites                        are defaced, meaning that the original website is replaced                        by images and texts of the defacer&#8217;s choice. These defaces                        are then posted on one or both of these defacement &#8220;mirrors,&#8221;                        thereby providing a space to exhibit the exploits of the                        defacers and their messages. In connection to the Al-Aqsa                        Intifada, hundreds of websites have been defaced in support                        of the Palestinians and Israelis (<a href="http://www.idefense.com/"><span class="SpellE">iDefense</span> 2001</a>);                        the groups doing these defaces, their organization, group                        identity, and motivations are the primary subjects of my                        study.</p>
<p>These groups can be divided according to their sympathies.                        Notable pro-Palestinian groups include (but are not limited                        to) the World&#8217;s Fantabulous Defacers (the WFD), the Silver                        Lords (who are currently the most prolific defacing group                        in the world according to <a href="http://www.alldas.de/"><span class="SpellE">alldas.de</span></a> with 821 websites attacked so far), and <span class="SpellE">GForce</span> Pakistan; pro-Israeli groups include the m0sad team and                        <span class="SpellE">InfernoZ</span>. Each group is essentially                        <span class="SpellE">translocal</span> in character and each                        possesses unique transnational characteristics. Interestingly,                        the &#8220;<span class="SpellE">realspace</span>&#8221; locus of the pro-Palestinian groups is urban                        Pakistan, their sympathy for the plight of the Palestinians                        apparently being grafted onto their earlier support for                        Kashmiri separatists. The pro-Israeli groups are primarily                        Russian Jews and Russian immigrants to Israel.</p>
<p>All of these groups post their defacements in English,                        although some members of these groups (especially the Russian-oriented                        pro-Israeli ones) are not at all fluent in English, as I                        found out to my dismay while conducting e-mailed interviews.                        My feeble attempts at communicating with <span class="SpellE">InfenoZ</span> (2001) in computer-translated Russian were a miserable failure.                        Luckily, he did put me in touch with the m0sad team, the                        most active of all the pro-Israeli groups, and much to my                        delight, the m0sad team&#8217;s members were able to respond to                        my queries in English, although it was somewhat broken.                        All of the pro-Palestinian groups that I interviewed were                        fluent in English. I<span class="GramE">ronically</span>,                        knowledge of colloquial and classical Arabic, the primary                        language of discourse in Palestine                        and the larger Arab world, did me no good in my research.                        That English is currently the lingua franca of these groups                        raises a number of important questions regarding homogeneity                        and <span class="GramE">globalization</span> that perhaps                        cannot be fully answered or even discussed here. It can                        be said, however, that the use of English by these groups                        acknowledges the language as a prime facilitator of global                        cultural flow; defacements in Urdu, Portuguese, or Russian                        could and would limit the target audiences of the message(s).</p>
<p>One similarity that members of all these groups share is                        their youth. When I contacted <span class="SpellE">InfernoZ</span> I was a little shocked to discover that he was only 14 years                        old. This young Russian defacer, no doubt responsible for                        keeping more than a few systems administrators up at night,                        sweating over their system&#8217;s security, was probably just                        passing through puberty; and, at a time when many of his                        peers were busy watching or playing soccer and entertaining                        nascent sexual fantasies, <span class="SpellE">InfernoZ</span> was a member of an underground, transnational group shutting                        down websites across the world. This is not at all anomalous                        in the hacker/defacer underground, where children as young                        as seven or eight years old have been known to write their                        own code breaking programs or &#8220;scripts.&#8221; These                        children are usually referred to as &#8220;script kiddies&#8221;                        a term that implies a lack of sophistication and skill.</p>
<p>It turns out that most of the members of these groups are                        in their late teens; all, to the best of my knowledge, are                        males. <span class="SpellE">macwiz</span>, of the group Silver Lords, complained to me that he                        hardly had time to hack much these days, as he was busy                        preparing for his college entrance exams (2001). Of course,                        the ages of these defacers closely parallels the ages of                        those involved in street-level resistance in Palestine,                        where over half of all those killed in the conflict have                        been children under the age of 15. Perhaps an interesting                        question might be—do the children rock-throwers of                        Palestine&#8217;s streets see their resistance in terms of &#8220;play&#8221;                        as these defacers see their actions?</p>
<p>The images and texts making up the defaces reflect the                        engagement of these groups with competing <span class="SpellE">mediascapes</span> constructed around ideologies of post-<span class="SpellE">diasporic</span> nationalism (in the case of the Israeli and Russian defacers)                        and global Islamic unity (in the case of the pro-Palestinian                        defacers). The Russian/Israeli defacers disrupt Islamic                        websites and the public, online faces of the resistance.                        For example, these groups altered the hamas.org website,                        making a porn site appear in place of the normal <span class="SpellE">hamas</span> site; the <span class="SpellE">Hizbollah</span> site was replaced                        with a graphic of the Israeli flag waving in the (virtual)                        wind. The pro-Palestinian defacers focus on Israeli and                        external pro-Israeli groups in defense of their Muslim brothers.                        The WFD was responsible for defacing Ariel Sharon&#8217;s website                        only four days before the last Israeli presidential election;                        a hacker calling himself Dr. <span class="SpellE">Nuker</span> defaced the website of AIPAC, the powerful American-Israeli                        lobbying group, near the outset of the recent uprising.                        For the most part, <span class="GramE">The</span> pro-Palestinian                        defacers tend to channel their efforts on .<span class="SpellE">il</span> (Israeli) commercial and governmental domains.</p>
<p>The words and images contained in these defaces mirror                        the most common representations of the conflict made by                        either side. Those taking a pro-Israeli stance say that                        the Israelis desire peace and security, but the Palestinians                        prevent this peace because of their violence. Pro-Palestinians                        say that violence is an expression of resistance against                        a tyrannical occupation. The statements of these defacers                        hold closely to these lines; these stances are, however,                        amplified in their tone and explicitly designed to shock                        and offend the opposition. One pro-Palestinian defacement,                        for instance, features the cartoon character Calvin urinating                        on an Israeli flag. By the same token, one pro-Israeli defacement                        features the proclamation &#8220;we will destroy all Arabs.&#8221;</p>
<p>These exchanges are typically antagonistic, and I believe                        constitute a resistance not only to opposing viewpoints                        but also to the hegemony of corporate controlled media altogether.                        Disruptive actions create media coverage of their own, allowing                        those engaging in these defacements some modicum of voice                        and agency. The actors in this conflict therefore are media                        participants and not merely consumers, which I might suggest                        is a motive at the center of all activist movements in an                        era where much of the shape of social reality is determined                        by competing media: books, newspapers, pamphlets, radio,                        and, of course, the Internet.</p>
<p>An interesting fact that came out during interviews with                        these defacers is that they bear no animosity for defacers                        working the opposite side of the conflict. There seems to                        be a level of mutual respect between these groups, however                        different their politics may be. n00gie, from the sophisticated                        and very active group the World&#8217;s Fantabulous Defacers,                        told me, when speaking of the m0sad team, which is the premier                        pro-Israeli defacer group, that he had started out much                        like the members of the m0sad team, performing relatively                        unsophisticated, low-level hacks at a young age (2001).                        Given the rhetorical severity of his groups&#8217; defacements,                        I had imagined that n00gie would condemn the m0sad team,                        whom I thought he would consider his opponents and rivals.                        Instead, he identified with them and did not indicate that                        the m0sad team was an opponent. The m0sad team defacers                        spoke of the WFD in much the same deferential and sympathetic                        tone (2001). The explanation for these attitudes I believe                        lies in the nature of these groups and the larger community                        to which they belong, that of the hacker/defacer underground.</p>
<p>Residence in this virtual ghetto implies that one is committed                        above all to the hacker ethic that information, in all its                        forms, must be free. Although I believe that all of these                        defacers are sincere in their political beliefs, without                        a doubt, these individuals would be disrupting digital spaces                        with or without an overt, conventional political cause.                        Most of the members of these groups were recruited by these                        groups because of their past exploits, many of which had                        no political motive. These compelling political causes exist                        as a motivation to individuals in these groups and offer                        an opportunity for exposure and status-enhancement. Random,                        apolitical defacements typically garner no media coverage;                        dozens of these pass relatively unnoticed ever day. Politically                        driven hacks, however, do attract attention within the larger                        <span class="SpellE">mediascapes</span>: the disruptions caused                        by these groups&#8217; defacements have been covered widely by                        the world media.</p>
<p>In conclusion, these transnational groups represent <span class="SpellE">deterritorialized</span> post-national formations of the first order.                        Most of the members of these loose-knit organizations have                        never met face to face and probably never will. These groups&#8217;                        involvement with what is an essentially territorial dispute                        (the Palestinian/Israeli conflict) is secondary to their                        larger interaction with the flow of cultural information                        globally and their engagement and participation with <span class="SpellE">deterritorialized</span> post-national <span class="SpellE">mediascapes</span>.</p>
<h4><strong>Epilogue</strong></h4>
<p>As of May, 2001, the &#8220;digital revolt&#8221; concurrent                        with the Al-<span class="SpellE">Aqsa</span> Intifada is still                        alive, although the intensity of the conflict is greatly                        reduced since its peak in late 2000. The WFD has recently                        engaged in a &#8220;Marathon for Global Awareness&#8221; and                        has defaced at least a dozen Israeli sites between May 5<sup>th</sup> and 7<sup>th</sup>. The Silver Lords have changed the text                        and images of <span class="GramE">their defaces</span> to                        emphasize their support for <span class="SpellE">Kashmiris</span> seeking independence from India. The pro-Israeli groups                        <span class="SpellE">InfernoZ</span> and the m0sad team continue                        to deface websites in support of Israel, but at a lessened                        pace. Interestingly, a new cyber-conflict has arisen online                        in the past month or so (April/May 2001) between supporters                        of China and supporters of the United States. This conflict                        threatens to be even more extensive than the one surrounding                        the Al-<span class="SpellE">Aqsa Intifada. S</span>everal                        hundred websites have been defaced in the past few weeks                        and this conflict shows no signs of cooling down anytime                        soon. This most recent conflict was triggered by the international                        incident involving the collision of an American spy plane                        with a Chinese fighter jet in early April. The only interlocutor                        of mine to participate in this new conflict thus far has                        been the WFD, who defaced a Chinese site in support of the                        United States.</p>
<h4><strong>References cited</strong></h4>
<p>Anderson, Benedict. <span class="GramE"><em>Imagined Communities</em>.</span> London: Verso<span class="GramE">,1983</span>.</p>
<p><span class="SpellE">Appadurai</span>, <span class="SpellE">Arjun</span><span class="GramE">..</span> <em>Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization</em>.                          Minneapolis:                        University of                        Minnesota Press,                        1997.</p>
<p><span class="SpellE"><span class="GramE">Bey</span></span><span class="GramE">,                        Hakim.</span> &#8220;Notes for <span class="SpellE">Ctheory</span>&#8220;.                        In <em>Digital Delirium</em>, New York:                        St. Martin&#8217;s  Press, 1996.  <span class="GramE">Accessed                        Online: <a href="http://www.ctheory.com/event/e046.html">http://www.ctheory.com/event/e046.html</a>.</span></p>
<p>Foucault, Michel. <em>The Order of Things: <span class="GramE">An                        Archaeology</span> of the Human Sciences</em>. New                         York: Random House, 1970.</p>
<p><span class="SpellE"><span class="GramE">iDefense</span></span>.                         <span class="GramE">&#8220;Israeli-Palestinian Cyber-Conflict&#8221;(IPCC).</span> Accessed Online:  <span class="GramE">January</span> 3, 2001 at: <a href="http://www.idefense.com/">http://www.idefense.com/</a>.</p>
<p><span class="SpellE"><span class="GramE">InfernoZ</span></span><span class="GramE">.</span> Interview, personal correspondence (e-mail). <span class="GramE">April                        11<sup>th</sup> and 13<sup>th </sup>2001.</span></p>
<p><span class="SpellE">Ghosh</span>, <span class="SpellE">Amitav</span>.                        <span class="GramE"><em>In</em></span><em> an Antique Land</em>. New                        York: Vintage Books, 1994.</p>
<p><span class="GramE">m0sad</span> team. Interview, personal                        correspondence (e-mail). <span class="GramE">April 12<sup>th</sup> and 15<sup>th</sup> 2001.</span></p>
<p>n00gie.  <span class="GramE">Interview, ICQ.</span> April                        17<sup>th</sup> 2001.</p>
<p>Phillips, Susan. <span class="SpellE"><em>Wallbangin</em></span><em>’:                        Gangs and Graffiti in L.A</em>.                        Chicago: University                        of Chicago Press,                        1999.</p>
<p><span class="GramE">Silver Lords.</span> Interview, personal                        correspondence (e-mail). <span class="GramE">April 12<sup>th</sup> and 13<sup>th</sup> 2001.</span></p>
<p><strong><a name="taggert"></a>Note:</strong> Feedback and comments                        for the author may be sent to <strong> </strong><a href="annapaxis@hotmail.com">annapaxis@hotmail.com</a></p>
<h3><span style="font-family:&quot;"><a name="appendix"></a>Appendix</span></h3>
<p>Here is a sample of some of the defacements that have occurred                        in connection with the Al-<span class="SpellE">Aqsa</span> <span class="SpellE">Intifada (as of May 2001)</span>.</p>
<p><span style="color:#ff99ff;"><strong>Pro-Israeli defacements</strong></span><br />
<span>****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/31/www.tvet-pal.org/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/31/www.tvet-pal.org/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/31/www.tvet-pal.org/default.htm">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/31/www.tvet-pal.org/default.htm</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/08/mail.urmia.ac.ir/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/08/mail.urmia.ac.ir/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/30/www.ajeeb.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/30/www.ajeeb.com/</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/28/www.islamweb.net/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/28/www.islamweb.net/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/26/www.khaleej.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/26/www.khaleej.com/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/29/www.hyundai.co.ir/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/29/www.hyundai.co.ir/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/29/www.almanar.com.lb/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/29/www.almanar.com.lb/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/05/www.lebarmy.gov.lb/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/05/www.lebarmy.gov.lb/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/10/www.dcaauh.gov.ae/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/10/www.dcaauh.gov.ae/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/15/www.talkislam.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/15/www.talkislam.com/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/29/www.hrep.com.pk/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/29/www.hrep.com.pk/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/30/www.sysnet.com.pk/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/30/www.sysnet.com.pk/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/02/www.saaa.org/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/02/www.saaa.org/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/04/www.riyadbank.com.sa/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/04/www.riyadbank.com.sa/mirror.html</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/12/www.al-thiab.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/12/www.al-thiab.com/</a><br />
***<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/26/www.integrated.com.jo/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/26/www.integrated.com.jo/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/31/www.ritsec.com.eg/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/31/www.ritsec.com.eg/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/31/www.meganet.com.pk/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/31/www.meganet.com.pk/</a><br />
</span><span>****<a href="http://defaced.alldas.de/mirror/2001/06/05/www.mohe.gov.sa/">http://defaced.alldas.de/mirror/2001/06/05/www.mohe.gov.sa/</a></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color:#ff99ff;">Pro-Palestinian defacements</span></strong><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/31/www.eiba.biu.ac.il/"><span>http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/10/31/www.eiba.biu.ac.il/</span></a> <span><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/03/www.healthinfonet.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/03/www.healthinfonet.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/04/www.bayan.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/04/www.bayan.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/08/www.umtri.umich.edu/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/08/www.umtri.umich.edu/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/10/wgalil.ac.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/10/wgalil.ac.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/11/jccopenu.ac.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/11/jccopenu.ac.il/</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/11/www.pc-center.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/11/www.pc-center.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/12/www.sivan-north.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/12/www.sivan-north.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/13/www.robotec.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/13/www.robotec.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/15/www.ecommerce-realstate.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/15/www.ecommerce-realstate.com/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/16/www.shotokan.org.il/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/16/www.shotokan.org.il/mirror.html</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/16/www.mynetwork.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/16/www.mynetwork.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/21/www.kmahler.com/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/21/www.kmahler.com/mirror.html</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/21/pooh.technion.ac.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/21/pooh.technion.ac.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/21/www.js2es.tnc.edu.tw/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/21/www.js2es.tnc.edu.tw/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/20/www.stier.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/20/www.stier.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/23/www.uis.kg.ac.yu/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/23/www.uis.kg.ac.yu/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/23/ascii.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/23/ascii.co.il/</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/25/www.linkbank.net/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/25/www.linkbank.net/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/28/www.sdcint.co.yu/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/28/www.sdcint.co.yu/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/28/www.posta.cg.yu/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/11/28/www.posta.cg.yu/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/05/modiin.haifa.ac.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/05/modiin.haifa.ac.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/10/www.pccua.cc.ar.us/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/10/www.pccua.cc.ar.us/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/13/daat.ls.huji.ac.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/13/daat.ls.huji.ac.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/13/daat.ls.huji.ac.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/13/daat.ls.huji.ac.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/19/www.kaiz.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/19/www.kaiz.com/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/20/hamachi.cs.uchicago.edu/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/20/hamachi.cs.uchicago.edu/</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/21/www.aztek.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/21/www.aztek.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/23/phil.cdc.gov/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/23/phil.cdc.gov/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/23/www.ustavnisud.ba/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/23/www.ustavnisud.ba/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/23/www.deiure.sk/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/23/www.deiure.sk/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/27/www.elbitcom.co.il/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/27/www.elbitcom.co.il/mirror.html</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/29/www.israel.org.nz/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/29/www.israel.org.nz/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/29/www.yehud.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/29/www.yehud.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/30/bolt.lakeheadu.ca/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/30/bolt.lakeheadu.ca/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/03/www.sfor.org/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/03/www.sfor.org/mirror.html</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/12/www.esale.co.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/12/www.esale.co.il/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/14/dual2.gmrt.ncra.tifr.res.in/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/14/dual2.gmrt.ncra.tifr.res.in/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/15/www.glil-yam.org.il/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/15/www.glil-yam.org.il/mirror.html</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/16/www.digitaledge.org/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/16/www.digitaledge.org/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/30/bolt.lakeheadu.ca/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/30/bolt.lakeheadu.ca/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/23/www.titaoun.com/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/23/www.titaoun.com/</a><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/26/www.mit.gov.in/mirror.html">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/26/www.mit.gov.in/mirror.html</a><br />
****<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/30/www.sharon.org.il/">http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2001/01/30/www.sharon.org.il/</a> </span></p>
<p><span class="GramE"><strong><span style="color:#ff99ff;">neutral</span></strong></span><strong><span style="color:#ff99ff;"> defacements</span></strong><br />
<a href="http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/22/jeff.sci.shu.ac.uk/"><span>http://www.attrition.org/mirror/attrition/2000/12/22/jeff.sci.shu.ac.uk/</span></a></p>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/38/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/38/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=38&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/the-digital-revolt-resistance-agency-on-the-net/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Invention (Ibtidaa&#8217;) or Convention (Ittibaa&#8217;)? Islamist Cassettes &amp; Tradition in Yemen</title>
		<link>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/invention-ibtidaa-or-convention-ittibaa-islamist-cassettes-tradition-in-yemen/</link>
		<comments>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/invention-ibtidaa-or-convention-ittibaa-islamist-cassettes-tradition-in-yemen/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Sep 2008 18:11:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>meaningfulconnections</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Music Tapes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Yemen]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://nmit.wordpress.com/?p=35</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[W. Flagg Miller, University of Michigan Paper delivered at the American Anthropological Association, November 2000. In the spring of 1998, I was walking on the grounds of the University of Aden, in southern Yemen, just after classes had been let out. I went into a small university coffee-shop, and found this pamphlet laying on the [...]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=35&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><!-- #EndEditable --></h3>
<div><!-- #BeginEditable "Author%20name,%20affiliation" --><a href="mailto:flaggm@umich.edu">W.                        Flagg Miller</a>, University of Michigan<!-- #EndEditable --><span style="font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
</span><!-- #BeginEditable "background%20info%20on%20paper,%20if%20required" --><span>Paper                        delivered at the American Anthropological Association, November                        2000.</span> <!-- #EndEditable --></div>
<p align="left"><!-- #BeginEditable "body%20of%20paper" --></p>
<p>In the spring of 1998, I was walking on the grounds                          of the University of Aden, in southern Yemen, just after                          classes had been let out. I went into a small university                          coffee-shop, and found this pamphlet laying on the glass                          shelves, free for the taking. [Show slide.] &#8220;Interview                          with a Famous Personality&#8221; (<em>muqaabilah ma&#8217; shakhsiyyah                          ma`ruufah</em>). The alleged interviewer asks a series                          of questions to this &#8220;Famous Personality&#8221; in order to                          produce his &#8220;i.d. card&#8221;:</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Name: &#8220;Mr. Satellite&#8221;. (And here is a picture of Mr.                            Satellite, busy at work reducing a fairly contemporary                            urban Yemeni house to rubble.)<br />
Birth Place: &#8220;The lands of the Jews and Nazarenes (Christians)&#8221;<br />
Address: &#8220;Atop the rooves of many Muslim&#8217;s houses&#8221;<br />
Principle Occupation: &#8220;Undermining the morals of Muslims,                            and diverting them from their religion.&#8221; Then a verse                            from a chapter in the Qur&#8217;an warns those who might stray                            of the bond between the true believer and God.</p>
<p>Debate over the impact of satellite dishes in Yemen has                          become heated in recent years. <span id="more-35"></span>The most virulent opposition                          to satellite TV programs &#8212; which include shows like Baywatch                          and World Wrestling Federation matches &#8212; has come from                          Islamist groups whose memberships and political muscle                          have increased dramatically over the past decade (for                          reasons I won&#8217;t go into here.) During my first year of                          fieldwork in Yafi`a, a rural region of southern Yemen                          just north of Aden, I consoled several friends whose neighbors&#8217;                          satellite dishes had been removed quietly under pressure                          from local &#8220;zealots,&#8221; or in one case, literally shot off                          the roof in a barrage of gunfire. A particularly dramatic                          example of the &#8220;reality check&#8221; our panel is concerned                          with; a case in which the virtual influences of global                          media are violently stymied by angry viewers.</p>
<p>The Islamic &#8220;public sphere&#8221; &#8212; a probability of                          increasing interest among those who inquire into the effects                          of expanding &#8220;new media&#8221; technologies on popular, pluralist                          discussions about Islam. I&#8217;d like to contribute to these                          discussions today by beginning with the premise that media                          messages mean something to audiences through interpretive                          &#8220;codes&#8221; as Hall and others have suggested. As Eickelman                          notes, the practices of message-reception, or decoding,                          by audiences in the Islamic world have been far too little                          studied by scholars. I&#8217;ll therefore focus in this paper                          on a popular debate that is occurring among audiences                          in Yemen over the moral registers of audio and audiovisual                          media. This debate is being waged in terms of oral and                          literate <em>style</em>. In the flood of sound-bites, musical                          tunes, printed text material, visual images, and transmitting                          technologies, distinctions between communicative styles                          are becoming more, not less, salient, as consumers and                          producers vie for control over the meaning of messages                          in a rhetorical arena of high political stakes.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ll examine the debate over oral and literate styles                          by focusing on one audio-technology in particular: the                          audiocassette. Where audiocassettes are not only inexpensive                          but record live sound, they can be tailored to audience                          tastes far more easily than satellite-TV. Most of my research                          has focused on the cassette &#8212; in particular Yemeni vernacular                          <em>cassette-poetry</em> &#8212; that is widespread in Yemen.                          As a locus of &#8220;text formation,&#8221; the cassette provides                          insight into how local discursive practice informs the                          use and meaning of media technologies. Now, where cassette-texts                          are easily manipulated by users, they might appear less                          controversial for Yemenis than the satellite-dish &#8212; more                          &#8220;user-friendly&#8221;! However, cassettes can be no less immune                          from heated moral debates, including accusations that                          they &#8220;pour forth corruption on people.&#8221; In fact, I argue                          that cassettes&#8217; facility as recording devices makes them                          <em>especially</em> subject to controversy. In their sensitivity                          to local sound-scapes, they can <em>amplify</em> chords                          that are potentially fractious.</p>
<p>Islamist groups in Yemen have been some of the most                          successful in using cassettes to broadcast messages and                          expand support bases, especially in rural areas where                          illiteracy rates are higher. The Islah &#8220;Party,&#8221; Yemen&#8217;s                          largest and most heteroglot Islamist organization, has                          surpassed all others in producing engaging and informative                          cassettes. Since the 1970s, Islah&#8217;s spiritual mouthpiece,                          Shaykh `Abd al-Majid az-Zindaani, has produced hundreds                          of cassettes that entreat listeners to lessons from the                          organization&#8217;s &#8220;scientific institutes.&#8221; <strong> </strong>During                          a pre-1990, pre-unity era of antagonism between former                          North and South Yemen, Zindaani regularly used cassettes                          to lambaste communist ideologues in the South. In post-unity                          years, Zindaani became confronted with a new task of enfranchising                          a populace whom he had once berated. This task has been                          made particularly difficult by the fact that most of Islah&#8217;s                          membership is drawn from northern Yemen.</p>
<p>So, in its campaign to win loyalty from Yemenis across                          the nation, Islam has become extraordinarily proficient                          in tailoring messages to <em>regional</em> audiences. Islah&#8217;s                          task in this regard is particularly difficult given the                          diversity of audience tastes in Yemen, a diversity fueled                          by what is probably the most vibrant grass-roots recording                          industry in the Middle East. The political director of                          Islah, Muhammad Qahtan, explained to me that with the                          proliferation of popular music and alternative sources                          of media entertainment, fewer Yemeni cassette-fans have                          patience for old-style sermons; especially younger men                          and women, who constitute the bulk of new Islah members.                          &#8220;On the other hand,&#8221; he confided, &#8220;we&#8217;ve noticed that                          an interest in folk and traditional songs (<em>turaath</em>)                          has been growing in recent years.&#8221; He then cited a few                          song genres that, not incidentally, are especially popular                          in southern regions &#8212; precisely the areas in which Islah                          has been focusing its campaigns. These genres included                          <em>hiwaariyaat </em>&#8211; a playful, flirtatious banter exchanged                          between a male and a female singer &#8212; and also sung political                          folk-poems released by the musicians whose cassettes I&#8217;ve                          been following in southern Yemen.</p>
<p>Evidence from Islah&#8217;s cassettes confirms the organization&#8217;s                          attention to a broad range of poetic genres, many of them                          regionally stylized. The most successful releases regularly                          pair the speeches of Zindaani and other Islahi orators                          within a motley assortment of creative song and verbal                          genres. While I don&#8217;t have time to go into the variety                          of poetic and musical genres, I&#8217;ll simply say that these                          include: religious songs adapted to pop-hit melodies and                          re-titled &#8220;anthems&#8221;; tribal chants traditionally used                          to rouse spirits of highland audiences; and mock colloquial                          dialogues between &#8220;typical citizens&#8221; that serve to reinforce                          what Islahi speakers have just said, but in a common sense,                          street-smart fashion.</p>
<p>Now, for those of us keen to the leaking boundaries                          of Islamism, tribalism, nationalism, partyism, and so                          forth, Islah&#8217;s cassettes are nothing short of a Golden                          Calf. The blurring of discursive boundaries, however,                          is of interest not solely to political theorists. In Yemen,                          such blurring on cassettes is causing heated debates over                          the foundations not simply of a <em>public sphere</em> marked                          by the typical terms of civil society, democracy, and                          pluralism &#8212; but specifically, of an <em>Islamic</em> <em>public</em> sphere, one that is as morally just and true as it is                          inclusive.</p>
<p>For in catering its calls for the application of                          Islamic law based on the moral principles of the Islamic                          community, Islah has been accused of &#8220;invention&#8221; or &#8220;innovation&#8221;                          &#8212; <em>ibtidaa`</em> &#8212; by one of its principle Islamist                          competitors, the Salafis. A loose assortment of adherents                          whose spiritual head, Shaykh Muqbil al-Waada`i, resides                          in the far northern city of ∑aﬁdah, the Salafis                          are far less politically active than Islah, although for                          that reason are more appealing to many young Islamist                          adherents. Like a number of other Wahhabi-oriented groups,                          the Salafis practice the <em>da`wah</em> &#8212; a militant call                          to action based on legal interpretations that&#8217;s typically                          waged against those who are deemed to stray from God&#8217;s                          divine commandments (Monet 1995). In recent years, calls                          for da`wah have often been directed against mystical Sufi                          organizations, especially those that pay homage to local                          saints. The Salafis argue that in committing an act of                          <em>bid`a</em>, apostasy, Sufi members&#8217; will confront, according                          to the Qur&#8217;an, the &#8220;severest punishment.&#8221;</p>
<p>Like az-Zindaani of the Islah party, Muqbil al-Waada`i,                          the Salafis&#8217; most outspoken leader, has attracted a wide                          following through his frequent release of cassettes. Less                          concerned with political gains, however, al-Waada`i&#8217;s                          cassettes are more sober in tone, and typically feature                          his sermons recorded live on Friday afternoons from his                          pulpit. One of al-Waada`i&#8217;s accusations against Islah                          is that the organization turns Islam into &#8220;pop-song&#8221; (<em>fann</em>).                          In particular, al-Waada`i derides Islah&#8217;s creative use                          of anthems to couch its messages to popular audiences.                          Even more maligned is Islah&#8217;s use of musical instruments,                          which have been occasionally disparaged by conservatives                          throughout Islamic history. In a popular arena of mass-produced                          sound-bites in which debates over doctrine and political                          orientation are waged in registers of style, persuasion,                          and entertainment, the aesthetics of sound has become                          an especially hot topic.</p>
<p>Islah&#8217;s reactions to such charges of &#8220;invention&#8221;                          are managed in both subtle and heavy-handed ways. On one                          cassette, az-Zindaani speaks to listeners up-front about                          the authority that can accrue to those who listen carefully,                          to his cassettes or any other aural medium. &#8220;He who listens                          to this microphone amplifier can reveal to us how we use                          it, and how we fix it if it stops. It is the same for                          whoever listens to&#8230; a car. And everyone who really listens                          to the audible world: he is the companion of truth in                          his orientation, and his statements, and his explanations.                          All humans accept this for every listener.&#8221; Moral authority                          rests not in producers&#8217; styles of oratory, Zindaani asserts,                          but rather with each and every listener. Whether a message                          is chanted or recited or sung to musical accompaniment,                          the good listener has the innate ability to hear the truth.                          Other messages vouchsafing the moral virtue of song are                          more explicit. Anthems and songs can mollify listeners                          by explicitly focusing on the place of pop-song in religious                          devotion. In the opening segments of one cassette, a chorus                          repeats the refrain: &#8220;I&#8217;m enraptured with song, not for                          song&#8217;s sake, but for the sake of those who listen!&#8221;; and                          later, somewhat cryptically &#8220;I have turned song into my                          stairway to our candle-lit destination.&#8221; Alternatively,                          cassettes featuring sung anthems can invoke a series of                          textual frames that index a literate tradition of learning.                          Such cassettes can begin, for example, with the traditional                          recitation of a chapter from the Qur&#8217;an that frames the                          contents within an orthodox tone of piety. Similarly,                          an opening traditional sermon that frequently cites verses                          from the Qur&#8217;an and other key Islamic texts can foreground                          attachment to spheres of literate knowledge.</p>
<p>As Islah asserts its adherence to the true path,                          some of the most prominent frames levied against the thick                          and thin of heteroglot oral invention are visual. [SHOW                          CASSETTE.] On what is certainly the most creative collection                          of songs I&#8217;ve heard released by Islah &#8212; a cassette called                          &#8220;Yemen&#8217;s New Dawn&#8221; &#8212; the front of side A reads in large                          letters: &#8220;Religion is convention (ittibaa`), not invention                          (ibtidaa`).&#8221; (Here it is, in a wonderful green color.)                          Other cassettes feature such messages as: &#8220;In the summons                          to God&#8217;s righteous path, the Islamic cassette is a superb                          means&#8221;, or &#8220;May God grant blessings on whomever helps                          disseminate this cassette.&#8221; The messages on Islah&#8217;s jacket-covers,                          however, are perhaps the most telling of all.</p>
<p>SLIDES:</p>
<p>1) Entitled &#8220;Why the (national) elections?&#8221; Here we                            have a picture of the Book, the Qur&#8217;an, pulverizing                            a set of musical instruments to bits. The source of                            literate authority doing its work against possible heterodox                            oral creativity. This is clearly a direct response to                            the Salafis&#8230; (Appropriately, there are no songs on                            this cassette.) [Cassette #234]</p>
<p><a href="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm1.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-102" title="fm1" src="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm1.jpg" alt="" width="390" height="415" /></a></p>
<p>2) Entitled: &#8220;The elections and the future of Yemen&#8221;                            Again, the Qur&#8217;an in the foreground, and this ancient                            scroll&#8230; But you also have in the background this minaret!                            A nice dynamism between the oral call and the literate                            tradition, but the literate is clearly foregrounded.                            [Cassette #2/243]</p>
<p><a href="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm2.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-103" title="fm2" src="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm2.jpg" alt="" width="390" height="361" /></a></p>
<p>3) &#8220;Ask about history&#8221; Here&#8217;s a colorful sketch that                            I&#8217;m very curious about. It&#8217;s got a number of classic                            Islamic symbols &#8212; the crescent moon, the green color                            which surrounds the earth, the paradisal flower &#8212; and                            here the flower emerges from a pen. Almost a kind of                            ecstatic vision&#8230; I&#8217;d be interested to hear what some                            of you think of this&#8230; [Cassette #12]</p>
<p><a href="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm3.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-104" title="fm3" src="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm3.jpg" alt="" width="390" height="404" /></a></p>
<p>The imagery on these covers released by Islah is startlingly                          consistent: on 80% of cassettes that I have purchased,                          the central mantlepiece of the cover features imagery                          of the Book or of writing. Such imagery seems to have                          grown more prominent, in fact, precisely as Islah&#8217;s cassettes                          are increasingly tailored to the aesthetic preferences                          of popular audiences. Just as the markedly literate textual                          genres on cassettes frame orally inventive material, so                          these visual symbols of literate Islam are meant to frame                          each cassette within a history of orthodox literate practice                          that carries considerable discursive weight.</p>
<p>Clearly, however, the success by which such frames                          contain their cacophonous material is up for debate.</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>In Habermas&#8217;s conception of the &#8220;public sphere,&#8221;                          the keystone that cements a conditionally new mode of                          discourse is the open-ended communication between individuals                          who are uninhibited by status or power. Habermas&#8217;s model                          of public discourse remains as analytically insightful                          as it is socioculturally problematic. In Yemen, public                          discourses are &#8212; to be sure &#8212; directly linked to the                          spread of media technologies that facilitate the participation                          of an increasingly numerous and diverse citizenship. However,                          where such technologies are not only amplifiers of discussion                          but are conduits to and from centers of trans-local cultural                          and economic production, their mediation of public discourse                          is always politically fraught. For some Yemeni Islamists,                          satellite-TV is destroying rather than creating a potentially                          &#8220;global village&#8221; of civic-minded inhabitants; its oral                          and visual material must be countered with photocopied                          texts distributed among literate university students.                          For others, audiocassettes are being misused to the boon                          of a pop-music lumpenproletariat whose ears seduce them                          into distorting Islamic principles.</p>
<p>I would submit that the dilemma facing the Yemeni                          Islah organization &#8212; that is, how to promote popular                          Islamic audio-recordings without losing touch with learned,                          literate Islam &#8212; is an increasingly common one not only                          for Islamist movements, but for Muslims in general. The                          old question of how modes of orality and literacy are                          to be managed within the compass of Islamic communicative                          practice will remain a compelling moral issue, <em>especially</em> in the flood of sound-bites, images, and readable material                          that is reaching mass markets. I would argue that McLuhan&#8217;s                          medium-message homology will only become <em>more</em> salient                          for Muslims as media networks diversify. Ultimately, however                          &#8212; and here is the catch &#8212; if an Islamic public sphere                          is to be &#8220;virtual&#8221; at all, it must be accessible through                          the textual conventions surrounding THE Book. As I have                          shown by examining audiocassettes in Yemen, oral &#8220;invention&#8221;                          renders the mediation of Book-ish &#8220;convention&#8221; even more                          essential to creating a true and truly public Islamic                          sphere. Ironically, Book-ish convention is becoming as                          much a semiotics of oral and visual register as it is                          of literate practice.</p>
<p>The author welcomes comments on this article via e-mail                          to <a href="mailto:flaggm@umich.edu">flaggm@umich.edu</a></p>
<p><!-- #EndEditable --></p>
<p align="left">
<hr />
<p align="center"><em>All Rights Reserved. May not be reprinted                        in any format without permission of the Author.</em></p>
<br /><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/categories/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/tags/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godelicious/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/delicious/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gofacebook/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/facebook/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gotwitter/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/twitter/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gostumble/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/stumble/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/godigg/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/digg/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/goreddit/nmit.wordpress.com/35/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/reddit/nmit.wordpress.com/35/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=nmit.wordpress.com&amp;blog=4751596&amp;post=35&amp;subd=nmit&amp;ref=&amp;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://nmit.wordpress.com/2008/09/06/invention-ibtidaa-or-convention-ittibaa-islamist-cassettes-tradition-in-yemen/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://0.gravatar.com/avatar/6a7aa7054dc3d307fd4adfaf45749d10?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">meaningfulconnections</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">fm1</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">fm2</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://nmit.files.wordpress.com/2008/09/fm3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">fm3</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
